Quarterlytics / Financial Services / Shell Companies / Mpac Group plc

Mpac Group plc

mpac · LSE Financial Services
Claim this profile
Ticker mpac
Exchange LSE
Sector Financial Services
Industry Shell Companies
Employees 201-500
← All annual reports
FY2021 Annual Report · Mpac Group plc
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
We create packaging 
and automation 
ecosystems that 
enhance manufacturing  
to help businesses 
adapt and grow

Annual Report and Accounts 2021

Mpac Group plc is an international 
company listed on the London Stock 
Exchange (symbol: MPAC), with a long 
and proud history of delivering innovation 
and excellence on a global basis. Our 
business is focused on the creation of 
manufacturing solutions that make and 
package the products millions of people 
worldwide depend on.

mpac-group.com

Contents

01  Year at a glance
02  Who we are. What we do
03  Automation Ecosystems
04  Chairman’s introduction
05  Strategy: Our mission sectors and values
06  Strategy: Business model
07  Strategy: Goals and priorities
08  Strategy: Case studies
11  Operating review
16  Financial review
19  Principal risks and uncertainties
24  Section 172 statement

26   Chairman’s corporate governance statement
28  Board of Directors
29  Corporate governance report
32  Audit Committee report
36  Remuneration and Nomination Committee report
37  Annual Remuneration report
39  Remuneration policy
43  Directors’ report
45   Statement of Directors’ responsibilities

Independent Auditor’s report
47  
58  Consolidated income statement
59   Statement of comprehensive income
60   Statements of changes in equity
62   Statements of financial position
63   Statements of cash flow
64  Accounting policies
71  Notes to the accounts
105   Five-year record
106  Principal divisions and subsidiaries
107  Notice of Annual General Meeting
112   Corporate information

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

e
c
n
a
n
r
e
v
o
g
e
t
a
r
o
p
r
o
C

s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s

l

i

a
c
n
a
n
F

i

2
0

5
2

6
4

 
 
 
 
 
 
Mpac Group plc 

Annual Report & Accounts 2021 

1

Year at 
a glance

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

  Further good progress on the Group’s strategic initiatives

  Excellent 2021 order intake of £117.9m, 40% above prior year (2020: £83.9m) 

   Group full year revenue £94.3m (2020: £83.7m) 

  Underlying profit before tax of £8.6m (2020: £6.3m) 

  Statutory profit before tax of £8.2m (2020: £2.9m)

  Underlying earnings per share of 39.7p (2020: 31.4p) 

  Basic earnings per share of 39.1p (2020 restated: 20.8p)

Revenue by sector

Food and beverage
£45.3m

Pharmaceutical
£3.7m

Healthcare
£45.3m

Revenue by region

Americas
£63.3m

Asia
£4.3m

Europe, Middle 
East & Africa
£26.7m

Order intake

£117.9m

(2020: £83.9m)

Revenue

£94.3m

(2020: £83.7m)

Underlying earnings per share

Basic earnings per share 

39.7p

(2020: 31.4p per share)

39.1p

(2020 restated: 20.8p)

Cash

£14.5m

(2020: £15.5m)

Net assets

£65.4m

(2020 restated: £46.2m)

46 Financial statements25 Corporate governance 
 
 
  Mpac Group plc

Annual Report & Accounts 2021

Who we are

What we do

We support all brands and all locations with our global operations.

Our philosophy is ‘Ingenuity without limits'.

Mpac is a provider of full-line product manufacturing and packaging 
solutions. We serve customers globally in the essential and growing 
sectors of healthcare, pharmaceutical and food and beverage, with 
engineering and services that increase automation, safety, 
sustainability and cost effectiveness. 

We are headquartered in the UK and have strategically located 
manufacturing and Service locations to provide our customers with 
local support and a global reach.

We are ‘One Mpac’, with four connected businesses that trade under 
the globally respected brand names and product ranges of Lambert, 
Langen and Switchback. Lambert specialises in full-line solutions for 
the pharmaceutical and healthcare sectors. Langen and Switchback 
provide secondary and tertiary packaging solutions for all sectors 
in which we operate. 

We provide packaging and automation solutions to fast-moving consumer 
goods customers, enabling their products to be packaged for distribution to 
their consumers, ensuring security, quality, sustainability and shelf appeal.

We ensure manufacturing consistency through whole-line integration; from 
product assembly to primary packaging, cartoning to case packing and 
palletisation – designed, delivered and supported globally, while protecting 
the wider ecosystem we all live in.

We don’t just build machines however, we create full-line automation 
ecosystems to develop and optimise manufacturing processes. Our  
end-to-end capabilities help our customers thrive in a changing world. 

The Group leverages its engineering expertise with cutting-edge 
manufacturing technologies and proven machine design, and supports its 
customers with world class service support, delivered locally. We are  
a global organisation and can provide support to customers in any region.  

Our sectors

Healthcare

We help achieve better patient outcomes through 
advanced products, processes and packaging 
formats. From contact lenses to wound care 
products, we've got it covered.

Food and beverage

Pharmaceutical

With extensive experience in dealing with powders 
to liquids, cereals to confectionary, our packaging 
machinery covers a wide range of applications.

We support your pharmaceutical advances 
cost effectively, from inhaler assembly to 
transdermal patches.

2

Who we are 
What we do 
Ingenuity 
without limits

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

e
c
n
a
n
r
e
v
o
g
e
t
a
r
o
p
r
o
C

s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s

l

i

a
c
n
a
n
F

i

2
0

5
2

6
4

 
 
 
 
 
 
Whole Line
Using limitless ingenuity to align 
global manufacturing
  Global whole-line integration
  Streamlining processes and identifying efficiencies
  Creating opportunities for new products

Whole Life
Maintaining peak overall equipment 
effectiveness for the lifespan of machines

    Hands-on global experts providing local support

  Maintaining peak OEE over machine lifespan
  Transformational digital services

Whole Planet
Helping businesses grow globally while 
embracing sustainability
  Next-generation manufacturing for the next generation 
  Building efficient machines to optimise businesses 
performance and in turn, reduce the damaging effects  
on the environment
  Reducing transportation footprints with remote service 
assistance and smaller carton sizes

Mpac Group plc 

Annual Report & Accounts 2021

3

Strategy: 
Automation 
Ecosystems

One Mpac
All our products and services operating as 'One Mpac' to deliver Automation Ecosystems

Product line specialty
   Market leading secondary and end-of-line 
packaging solution for food and beverage 
and healthcare sectors

  Flexible engineered modular assemblies 
to support customers’ requirements

  Manufacturing sites in EMEA and 
Americas, serving customers in EMEA, 
Americas and APAC

  Global Service support offering

Product line specialty
    Focus on medical and healthcare sector 
device assembly and automation

  Cutting-edge factory automation platforms 
and transformational technologies

  Manufacturing site in EMEA, serving 
customers in EMEA, Americas and APAC

  Exception customer service support

Product line specialty
    Engineering machines for the canned 
beverage industry, specialising in design, 
build, integration of packaging systems

  Cartoners, Trayformers, Carton Closers,  
Case Erectors and Case Packers, and 
Labelling machines

  Manufacturing site in Americas, serving 
customers in EMEA and Americas

  Integrated Group Service supporting 
customers globally

Assembly

Filling & Dosing

Primary packaging

Product handling 
and infeed

Cartoning

Tray forming

Case packing

Palletising

Mpac Cube
We’ve folded the many sides of our automation service and support together to form the ‘Mpac Cube’.  
Propelling production goals through Connectivity, Productivity and Sustainability

2
0

5
2

6
4

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

e
c
n
a
n
r
e
v
o
g
e
t
a
r
o
p
r
o
C

s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s

l

i

a
c
n
a
n
F

i

Whole Line, Whole Life, Whole PlanetMpac's offer to customers has been shaped by delivering against these three pillars. The result is Automation Ecosystems 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  Mpac Group plc

Annual Report & Accounts 2021

4

Chairman’s 
introduction

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

e
c
n
a
n
r
e
v
o
g
e
t
a
r
o
p
r
o
C

s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s

l

i

a
c
n
a
n
F

i

2
0

5
2

6
4

“ The Group made 
substantial progress in 
2021 delivering our five-
year strategic plan. The 
initiatives have been 
the driver of the strong 
and profitable growth 
we continue to report 
since the strategy was 
established. The 2020 
Switchback acquisition 
has been integrated into 
the Group’s management 
structures and continues 
to trade ahead of 
expectations. The Group 
has not been immune 
from the global supply 
chain and resource 
constraints arising from 
the pandemic, but has 
addressed them smoothly 
and successfully to deliver 
an improved financial 
performance.”

Chairman’s introduction
In 2017, the Group completed a 
strategic review, producing a set of 
long-term strategic objectives aimed 
at transforming the performance of 
the Group over a five-year period. 
As we approach the end of that 
five-year period, I am pleased to 
report that continued substantial 
progress has been made against 
these strategic objectives, continuing 
to deliver improvements in all areas 
of our financial performance. Our 
strategy to focus on the high growth 
Healthcare and Food and Beverage 
sectors has been enhanced with 
two strategically complimentary 
acquisitions and the successful 
completion of several technological 
and product developments to support 
growth in our Original Equipment and 
Service businesses. Considerable 
progress has been made in 
improving operational efficiency 
and productivity, underpinned by 
the roll out of common ERP and 
business systems across the Group. 
Our investment proposition remains 
one of sustained organic growth, 
augmented by carefully selected 
acquisitions.

2021 was the first full year of 
trading since the acquisition of 
Switchback Group Inc (‘’Switchback’’) 
in September 2020. Our strategy 
remains to focus on the high 
growth Healthcare and Food & 
Beverage sectors, underpinned by 
the deployment of a comprehensive 
product development roadmap 
and a focus on software and 
platform developments.

On pages 25 to 31 I discuss 
corporate governance and the 
Board’s activities during the year.

Summary of results
The growing performance in the year 
is reflected in the order intake for the 
Group of £117.9m (2020: £83.9m) and 
Group revenues of £94.3m (2020: 
£83.7m). Revenue growth in 2021 was 
primarily due to the inclusion of a full 
year of revenue from Switchback. 
Underlying profit before tax was 
above market expectations at £8.6m 
(2020: £6.3m) and statutory profit 
before tax was £8.2m (2020: £2.9m). 
Group cash ended the year 
at £14.5m (2020: £15.5m).

Acquisitions 
In September 2020, the Group acquired 
Switchback for £11.5m. During 2021, 
Switchback has been further integrated 
into the Group and continues to trade 
ahead of management expectations. 
The first of two tranches of deferred 
consideration of £0.6m, associated with 
the satisfaction of certain performance 
targets in the year to 30 September 
2021, was paid in October 2021.

The three-year performance criteria 
associated with the 2018 acquisition 
of Lambert Engineering (‘’Lambert”) 
were not satisfied and consequently 
the carrying value of the deferred 
consideration of £2.4m was released 
to the income statement as a credit to 
non-underlying administrative expenses.

Board changes 
I would like to welcome Matthew 
Taylor to the Board.

Matthew joined the Board in October 
2021 as Non-Executive Director with 
over 20 years of global Executive 
and Board experience within the 
automotive, steel and manufacturing 
sectors. Matthew has previously held 
several executive level roles, including 
CEO of J C Bamford Excavators, CEO 

of Edwards Vacuum and more recently 
CEO of Bekaert SA, a role he held until 
2020. He is currently a Non-Executive 
Director of Surface Transforms plc.

Matthew will serve on Mpac’s Audit 
Committee and Remuneration & 
Nomination Committee.

Dividend
Having considered the trading results 
for 2021 and the opportunities for 
investment in the growth of the 
Group, together with the continued 
uncertainty surrounding the impact of 
the pandemic, the Board has decided 
that it is not appropriate to pay a 
final dividend. No interim dividend 
was paid in 2021. Future dividend 
payments will be considered by the 
Board in the context of 2022 trading 
performance and when the Board 
believes it is prudent to do so.

Outlook
The Group operates in a range 
of attractive growth sectors 
and geographic market and has 
demonstrated the ability to navigate 
the current supply chain and resource 
constraint challenges with minimal 
impact. The opening order book 
provides good coverage over 2022 
revenue forecasts, and I consider 
the prospects for the Group over 
all time horizons to be positive. The 
delivery of our long-term strategic 
plans is generating orders, revenue 
and margin growth and an improving 
financial performance. I look forward 
to reporting on the progress that will 
be made during 2022. 

Andrew Kitchingman 
Chairman

16 March 2022

Andrew Kitchingman 
Chairman

“  Mpac’s brand film “My Daddy’s Job” won  

two trophies at the 2021 Cannes Corporate 
Media & TV Awards in the Corporate Video 
and Best Music categories. Narrated by the 
daughter of an Mpac engineer, whose job 
it is to “build the smartest robots”, the film 
showcases our people’s limitless ingenuity, 

and the innovations that evolve from it.”

 
 
 
 
 
 
Our mission 
To be a global leader of high-speed packaging and 
automation solutions focused on attractive growth 
markets enhanced by a world-class service offer 
programme to ensure maximum return on 
customer investments;

Customer focused, responsive and flexible through 
operational excellence underpinned by a global 
competitive supply chain and internal activities 
optimised to maximise efficiency;

Address our customers’ unmet needs by 
leveraging market leading technology, innovation 
and application know-how.

Our sectors
Healthcare 
Supporting Healthcare Industries 
as diverse as contact lenses, facial 
tissues and dentifrice. Mpac supplies 
innovative first-of-a-kind machinery 
as well as standard packing and 
testing equipment.

Pharmaceutical 
To meet our customers’ diverse and 
specialised demands, Mpac offers 
a first-of-a-kind service for novel 
dosing and packaging. Process 
assurance via standard and custom 
test equipment is available.

Food and beverage 
Providing innovative solutions 
for secondary and end-of-line 
packaging. Cartoning and case 
packing of bags, stick packs, 
pouches, flow wrapped products, 
bottles and more, to our customers’ 
requirements.

“ To create automation ecosystems 
that enhance manufacturing to 
help businesses to adapt and 
grow. Advancing the world with 
manufacturing solutions which 
make a difference.”

    Mpac purpose statement

Our values
Integrity
Deliver on our promise, respect  
and value others.

Excellence
Always striving to be better.

Passionate
Be energised to deliver.

Innovation
Identify a need, think outside of  
the box and deliver solutions.

Collaboration
Working together without  
boundaries for the collective goal.

Mpac Group plc 

Annual Report & Accounts 2021

5

Strategy:  
Our mission, 
sectors and 
values

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

e
c
n
a
n
r
e
v
o
g
e
t
a
r
o
p
r
o
C

s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s

l

i

a
c
n
a
n
F

i

2
0

5
2

6
4

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  Mpac Group plc

Annual Report & Accounts 2021

6

Strategy: 
Business 
model

Business model
The ‘One Mpac’ business model 
ensures we deliver consistent high-
quality services to our customers 
globally and wherever they choose 
to locate a manufacturing site.

The Group offers its customers 
automation and packaging solutions, 
customised to their requirements 
using a portfolio of proven modules 
augmented with a customer specific 
product package handling solution.

The implementation of our ‘One Mpac’ 
business model incorporates sales, 
service, and operations functions. 
Common processes are all monitored 
and controlled by effective project 
management. Service support is 
provided through the life of the 
product at the customers’ sites.

The capital equipment market is 
cyclical by its nature with a high need 
for responsiveness and flexibility to 
adapt to customer demands and lead 
time needs, seizing the opportunities 
as they arise.

The Group is able to exploit synergies, 
utilising best practice across the 
sites and a shared services resource 
in order to improve the operational 
efficiencies.

This creates a model whereby we can 
increase utilisation with the ability 
to expand capacity with increased 
demand and reduce capacity in 
periods of lower demand.

What we do
We design, develop software, 
precision engineer and manufacture 
high speed packaging solutions, 
first-of-a-kind machinery and 
high specification automation, 
secondary packing equipment and 
end-of-line robotics with integrated 
testing solutions. We do not just 
build machines; we create full-line 
automation ecosystems to develop 
and optimise manufacturing 
processes. Our end-to-end 
capabilities help our customers 
thrive in a changing world.

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

e
c
n
a
n
r
e
v
o
g
e
t
a
r
o
p
r
o
C

s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s

l

i

a
c
n
a
n
F

i

2
0

5
2

6
4

Optimise
We make sure your machine 
stays up-to-date with the 
latest modernisations and 
automation upgrades. This 
ensures minimal downtime 
and less risk of serious 
damage to your equipment 
throughout the lifetime of 
your lines.

Our bespoke whole life 
service options, with remote 
monitoring and servicing, 
ensure unstoppable OEE and 
keeps your machines in prime 
condition, year after year.

Monitor
With your permission, our 
experts can connect to your 
control system to give you 
a complete review of your 
machine performance. By 
doing so, we can predict and 
prevent problems to ensure 
consistency and compliance. 
We also offer you actionable 
insights to maximise your 
equipment effectiveness.

M
O

N

I

T

O

R

Business model

E

O P TI M I S

S U S TAINABLE
P E R F ORMANCE

LIFE
E
VIC

E
L
O
H
W

R
E
S

D & BEVE

R

A

G

E

O O
F

C

O

N

S

U

L

T

I

N

R

N

&

O

D

V

A
T

A
N
D

I

O
N

S

L I G E NT
L O GIE

O

N

H

E

ALTH C A

E

R

G

L

I

L

N

O

E

B

I

N

A

L

T

E

G

W

HOLE
RATION

L

E
I N T
T E C H

INSTA L L

D
L
I

U
B
D
N
A
N
SIG
D E

Consult
Ecosystems live, breath and 
evolve, and so should your 
automation ecosystem. 
That’s why we’re by 
your side at every stage, 
consulting with you to 
understand your challenges 
and solve your problems 
before they occur. Ingenious 
thinking is personal, so we 
take the time to listen to 
your needs and what you 
want from your machines 
and products.

Design and build
With your current and 
future needs in mind, we 
develop fresh ideas and 
design innovative machines 
to keep you ahead of the 
competition.

Install
We install your new machine 
at a time that suits you. To 
get the most out of your 
machine, our effective 
employee training reduces 
start-up costs and allows 
your equipment to reach its 
target performance quickly.

 
 
 
 
 
 
2021 progress

Future plans

Going for
growth

Innovation
Business development in 
Clean Energy sector

Americas
Cross selling of Switchback and 
Langen product lines

EMEA
Switchback product launch 
and extending commercial 
footprint

Americas
Leveraging Group 
showcase facility

Service as
a business

Americas
Launch healthcare focused 
business unit

Digital
Launch of Mpac Cube, 
including iMi enhancements 
and increased connectivity

Americas
Integration of product line 
service teams

Systems
Enhanced Service CRM system 
and prospect management

Operational 
efficiency

One Mpac
Global supply chain, common 
platforms and systems

Americas
Opening Group showcase 
facility

One Mpac
Standardisation programme 
to reduce lead times

Innovation

Products
Extended developments in 
end-of-line case packing

Technology
Concept proving for clean 
energy automation solution

Technology
Extend suite of Cube digital 
and Industry 4.0 products

One Mpac
Maximise benefits from 
common platforms and cross 
business resources

Products
Cardboard tray erector 
development to leverage 
sustainability drive

People

Engagement
Personal development plan 
process, employee health 
and wellbeing, satisfaction 
monitoring

Knowledge
Development and retention of 
critical knowledge

Skills
Mpac Academy to develop 
future leaders and retain the 
best talent

Communication
Focus on internal 
communication via new 
intranet platform

Achieving 
our 
ambitions

The market and our customer demands continue to evolve, with 
a clear need for full solutions to their packaging requirements 
supported by a comprehensive services proposition to ensure 
maximised return on their investments. Demand for data capture 
and traceability throughout the product life-cycle is also an 
increasing trend.

By utilising the impressive array of innovative engineering 
solutions throughout the Mpac sites, supported by a focused 
product development roadmap targeted on the attractive growth 
markets, we will be well positioned to deliver growth beyond 
industry forecasts.

The Group offers innovative solutions, working with the customers’ 
product development engineers and marketing functions on the 
next generation of innovative products. By partnering with these 
key global customers, Mpac will be well positioned to support the 
customer from prototype to series production.

This capability should be leveraged across our global sales team 
and into our global key accounts and prospects.

Service continued to represent a key opportunity based on a 
substantial installed base and customers need for support to increase 
productivity and to secure a return on the investment in equipment.

Product innovation and development is key to sustained growth in 
the large and attractive markets we operate in. Our new product 
development roadmap is focused on the needs of the market and 
is orientated around digital led innovation.

‘One Mpac’ business model with a regionally focused, single 
business entity model has been implemented. Mpac provides 
local support on a global level, delivered via our region commercial 
teams, supported by a global service and operations functions.

Customer responsiveness and reduced lead times are key 
competitive advantages and as such we need to continuously 
improve. By working on a global basis, operations and shared 
services will be better able to increase operational efficiencies, 
whilst simultaneously creating a flexible and responsive 
manufacturing base and supply chain to quickly adapt to 
changes in customer demand and investment cycles.

Mpac Group plc 

Annual Report & Accounts 2021

7

Strategy:  
Goals and 
priorities

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

e
c
n
a
n
r
e
v
o
g
e
t
a
r
o
p
r
o
C

s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s

l

i

a
c
n
a
n
F

i

2
0

5
2

6
4

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  Mpac Group plc

Annual Report & Accounts 2021

8

Strategy:  
Mpac cube

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

e
c
n
a
n
r
e
v
o
g
e
t
a
r
o
p
r
o
C

s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s

We’ve folded the many sides of our automation support together 
into one convenient service offer – Mpac Cube.

Mpac Cube is our online service engine that will propel our clients towards their  
production goals through Connectivity, Productivity and Sustainability.

Advanced Engineering
Reduce your risk - model every aspect 
of the process ahead of production with 
our powerful 3D and POP innovation. 

Connected Services
Keep your downtime down - we review 
your problems remotely in minutes.

Core Services
Right first time, every time - skilled 
technicians on site to keep downtime  
to an absolute minimum.

Information Management
Everything at your fingertips - save time 
and effort tracking down the information 
you need.

Machine Insight
Insights drive improvements - our tools 
provide deep insight to aid constant 
improvement via intuitive solutions. 

Training
Less waste, more productivity - state of 
the art training materials to ensure new 
operators land on their feet.

“ Our customers are data driven, 
and what they can measure can 
be improved. Having good machine 
data helps our customers to sustain 
and improve the productivity of their 
manufacturing lines."

Mike Lewis Mpac Innovations Director

l

i

a
c
n
a
n
F

i

2
0

5
2

6
4

 
 
 
 
 
 
Mpac were selected by Nestlé global procurement as a preferred supplier for  
case packers product lines for plants in all regions. The first project in scope of this 
agreement was for the supply of a newly designed Mpac Langen Alisio case packer 
for a noodle packaging line in Europe.

Mpac Group plc 

Annual Report & Accounts 2021

9

Strategy: 
Case study 
Nestlé

Preferred supplier to Nestlé
In 2020, Mpac completed the development of the Langen Alisio, a side 
load case packer with speeds of up to 25 cases per minute which can 
be used to load RSC cases and wrap-around cases. The development 
project was scoped to meet the specific requirements of our 
multinational customers and to extend Mpac’s reach into the growing 
case packing market across all regions.

Nestlé requirements

   A range of Best in Class topload and sideload case  
packing solutions

   Equipment to be highly flexible, accommodating  
a range of case dimensions

   Incorporating Intelligent Machine Interface (“iMi”) 
with optional Industry 4.0 features

  Flexible integration with robotic product handling

   A variety of optional features in infeeds, case handling, 
labelling, printing and closing

Mpac solutions

   Newly developed class-leading flexible case  
packaging solution

   Incorporating Industry 4.0 package (condition and 
performance monitoring and video instructions)

   Extended range of infeed and labelling and  
printing options

  Speeds aligned to market expectations

   Flexible integration with robotic product  
handling and quick tool change-over times

“ Based on the reliable and flexible 
technology proposed by Mpac Langen, 
Nestlé chose the Alisio case packer as 
the most suitable for our requirements. 
Previous experience and continuous 
improvements allow us to positively look  
at future collaborations with Mpac.” 

    Oleksandr Slieptsov,  Nestlé

Alisio case packer 

2
0

5
2

6
4

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

e
c
n
a
n
r
e
v
o
g
e
t
a
r
o
p
r
o
C

s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s

l

i

a
c
n
a
n
F

i

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  Mpac Group plc

Annual Report & Accounts 2021

10

Strategy: 
Clean Energy 
Case Study

Clean Energy Equipment Contract
In July 2021 Mpac announced that we signed a contract with FREYR Battery to supply casting 
and unit cell assembly equipment for the battery cell production line at FREYR’s Customer 
Qualification Plant in Mo i Rana, Norway. The FREYR contract follows three years of cooperation 
with lithium-ion technology specialist 24M Technologies Inc, to industrialise and scale 24M’s 
SemiSolid lithium-ion battery technology. The successful delivery of the development line has 
potential to provide Mpac with access to an exciting new clean energy sector.

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

e
c
n
a
n
r
e
v
o
g
e
t
a
r
o
p
r
o
C

s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s

  24M developed 
semi-solid Li-Ion 
technology. This 
technology allows 
the creation of low 
cost, recyclable and 
less wasteful battery 
systems.
  Create revenue 
through licencing and 
production ramp-up 
consultancy. 

  Technology partner.

  Industrial solution for 
battery production 
automation to develop 
the next generation of 
the Casting and Unit 
Cell Assembly system 
for creating semi-solid 
Li-Ion batteries.

  Preferred supplier to 
24M end customers.

  Initially, Mpac are 
supplying scalable 
solutions to FREYR, 
a Li-Ion battery 
manufacturer based in 
Mo i Rana in Norway, 
who are using the 24m 
semi-solid technology.

  Targeting the energy 
storage and electric 
vehicle markets.

  Leveraging renewable 
energy and an eco-friendly 
supply chain to reduce 
environmental impact.

l

i

a
c
n
a
n
F

i

2
0

5
2

6
4

 
 
 
 
 
 
“ I believe Mpac has made 
excellent progress in 
2021, delivering significant 
growth in order intake and 
a financial performance for 
2021, being above market 
expectations. The positive 
H1 2021 performance 
continued into H2 and 
the Group ended 2021 
with both a strong closing 
order book and a healthy 
prospect pipeline, 
providing an encouraging 
outlook for 2022.”

Introduction
2021 has been a very successful year 
for Mpac in which we continued to 
make substantial progress with our 
strategic plans and have delivered 
order intake, margin and revenue 
growth, an improved return on 
sales, growth in underlying profit 
before tax and a significantly higher 
closing order book. The 2020 
acquisition of Switchback was a 
significant contributor to the 2021 
revenue growth. The progress we 
made in 2021 is a direct result of 
the dedication and agility of our 
employees in maintaining support for 
our customers while ensuring that the 
Group continued to operate efficiently, 
with minimal disruption, despite the 
operational challenges caused by 
lengthening global supply chain lead 
times, materials price increases and 
the impact on labour availability due 
to Covid-19 related issues.

The strong financial performance in 
the year was driven by the Group’s 
continued progress in delivering on the 
‘One Mpac’ business model. The Group 
remains focused on executing its long-
term strategy, including developing 
Original Equipment (“OE”) order intake 
growth and improving margins through 
our Service business and increased 
operational efficiencies. Delivery of 
these strategic initiatives contributed to 
an improved financial performance and 
underlying profit before tax for the year 
exceeding market expectations. 

Since acquiring Switchback Group Inc 
(“Switchback”) in September 2020 
the business has made great progress 
with the integration and is generating 
synergies. The acquisition is a 
compelling fit with Mpac’s strategic 
intent of being a market leader in 
the provision of full-line packaging 
solutions for the Healthcare and Food 
& Beverage sectors. Critically, the 
acquisition accelerated our expansion 
into the Americas market and, with 
the move to a Showcase facility in 
September 2021 and the rebranding 
to Mpac, it provides a physical 
location for the Group to further grow 
our Langen and Lambert product lines 
in the region. The business continues 
to trade ahead of management 
expectations.

As announced in July 2021, the Group 
signed a contract with FREYR Battery 
(“FREYR”), a developer of clean, next-
generation battery cell production 
capacity, for the supply of casting and 
unit cell assembly equipment to the 
battery cell production line at FREYR’s 
Customer Qualification Plant in Norway. 
The equipment to be supplied by Mpac 
will support FREYR in achieving its 
ambitious growth plans for a more 
sustainable future, with Mpac providing 
equipment, services and know how to 
industrialise the battery cell production. 
This development line is due to be 
completed in Q4 2022. 

£117.9m

Overall Group order intake 
(2020: £83.9m)

£78.4m

Order book for 2021 
(2020: £55.5m)

£94.3m

Group revenue 
(2020: £83.7m)

£74.1m

Original Equipment revenue 
(2020: £64.1m) 

£20.2m

Service revenue 
(2020: £19.6m)

Revenue by geography

  Americas  £63.3m
  Europe, Middle East & Africa  £26.7m
  Asia £4.3m

Tony Steels 
Chief Executive

Mpac Group plc 

Annual Report & Accounts 2021 

11

Operating 
review

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

e
c
n
a
n
r
e
v
o
g
e
t
a
r
o
p
r
o
C

s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s

l

i

a
c
n
a
n
F

i

2
0

5
2

6
4

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  Mpac Group plc

Annual Report & Accounts 2021

12

Operating 
review
continued

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

Our innovation focus in 2021 was 
directed towards enhancing our 
range of end of line packaging, full 
line medical devices and healthcare 
solutions and in developing our clean 
energy battery automation offering. 
Our end of line case packaging 
products have been approved by a 
global blue chip customer as their 
preferred solution. We launched the 
Mpac Cube in the year which brings 
together all our existing service 
products with a suite of digital 
technologies aimed at providing our 
customers Industry 4.0 capabilities 
to enhance their productivity.

Our search for further 
complementary acquisition targets 
continues; however, management 
focus remains on delivering organic 
growth and extending our 
commercial reach to new customers 
with new products and services, 
supported by a comprehensive, 
market-led development roadmap. 
We remain a relatively small player 
in a multi-billion revenue market 
with growth prospects.

The business fundamentals of Mpac 
are strong, and I am excited about the 
next phase for the Group. With the 
opportunities within the clean energy 
sector, together with an enhanced 
position in the growing healthcare and 
food & beverage sectors, we remain 
on track to meet the objectives of our 
long-term strategy.

Trading
The trading performance in 2021 
was strong. 

Group revenues of £94.3m (2020: 
£83.7m) represent an increase of 
13% compared to the previous year 
(1% growth on a like-for-like basis). 
OE revenue grew by 16% to £74.1m, 
supported by strong growth in the 
Americas and healthcare sector. 
Services revenue grew by 3% to 
£20.2m, driven mainly by growth in 
EMEA. The rate of revenue growth 
in all regions and for both OE and 
Service was impacted by lengthening 
supply chain lead times and, 
particularly in Q4 2022, by the impact 
on labour availability due to Covid-19.

Overall order intake for the Group 
grew by 41% to £117.9m (38% growth 
excluding the effect of the Switchback 
acquisition (“like-for-like”)), with a 
significant increase in order intake 
from our OE business. 

The increase in order intake drove 
a rise in the value of the closing 
2021 order book to £78.4m (2020: 
£55.5m), with increased customer 
diversification. The increased value 
of the closing order book provides 
extensive coverage over the forecast 
2022 revenue. We remain vigilant 
to project execution risk and are 
confident that the quality of the 
order book should result in continued 
margin growth. 

During 2021 we raised market profit 
guidance in the half year results 
announcement and I am delighted to 
report that underlying profit before 
tax in 2021 was £8.6m, an increase of 
36% compared to £6.3m in 2020.

We ended the year with cash of 
£14.5m, providing the Group with the 
financial resources required to invest 
in the strategic initiatives to deliver 
profitable growth in future years.

The Group aims to achieve double digit 
percentage revenue growth over the 
medium-term, enabling an improved 
return on sales, targeted at 10%. 
Underlying operating return on sales 
rose from 7.8% in 2020 to 9.3% in 2021, 
highlighting the success of the Group’s 
strategy. To support this intent, we 
manage the business in two parts, OE 
and Service and across three regions, 
Americas, EMEA and Asia.

Revenue by region was Americas 
£63.3m (2020: £46.7m), EMEA 
£26.7m (2020: £31.3m) and Asia 
£4.3m (2020: £5.7m).

Revenue by sector was food & 
beverage £45.3m (2020: £34.8m), 
healthcare £45.3m (2020: £44.5m), 
pharmaceutical £3.7m (2020: £3.9m).

Individual OE contracts, and to a 
lesser extent the Service business, 
can be large. Accordingly, a few 
significant orders can have a 
disproportionate impact on the 

growth rates seen in individual sectors 
and regions from year to year.

Original Equipment 
OE order intake of £96.0m (2020: 
£62.4m) was 54% above the prior 
year (54% on a like-for-like basis). OE 
revenues of £74.1m (2020: £64.1m) 
were 16% above the prior year (4% 
on a like-for-like basis). 

Mpac’s focus remains in the growth 
sectors of healthcare and food & 
beverage which continue to drive 
our success.

OE revenue generated in the 
Americas region was 48% above the 
prior year at £53.4m (2020: £36.2m), 
and 26% above prior year on a like 
for like basis. The increase in revenue 
was primarily generated from 
customers in the food & beverage 
sector and from both Langen and 
Lambert products, alongside the 
inclusion of full year revenue from 
the Switchback product line.

In EMEA, OE revenue in the year 
was £17.4m (2020: £23.7m) with the 
reduction due primarily to the timing 
of order placement from customers 
in the region. Revenue in the region is 
generated by our Lambert and Langen 
product ranges, with an increase in 
production from the Wijchen NL site 
associated with machines sold into 
the Americas region. Covid-19 related 
restrictions were much more impactful 
in the EMEA region.

“  FREYR Battery Chooses Mpac for Supply of 

Battery Cell Assembly Equipment Package to 
FREYR’s Customer Qualification Plant in Mo i Rana, 
Norway. FREYR continues to advance Norway’s 
first lithium-ion battery cell manufacturing facility 
at industrial scale with a production line developed 

to our own specifications.”  

25 Corporate governance46 Financial statements 
 
In Asia, revenue, which is predominantly 
associated with orders from customers 
in the food & beverage sector, was 
£3.3m compared to £4.2m in 2020. 
The region retained pandemic-related 
travel restrictions for the majority of 
the year, reducing opportunities for 
business development.

Service
Order intake for the Service division 
was 2% above 2020 at £21.9m (2020: 
£21.5m). Growth in order intake in the 
Americas region offset a reduction in 
order intake in EMEA. 

Revenue in 2021 of £20.2m was 3% 
above the prior year (2020: £19.6m), 
with growth mainly from the EMEA 
region and from the Food & 
Beverage sector. 

Service revenue in the Americas 
was £9.9m compared to £10.5m in 
2020 with the reduction due mainly 
to the timing of large individual 
orders. EMEA revenue in the year 
was £9.3m compared to £7.6m in 
2020. Asia revenue in the year was 
£1.0m compared to £1.5m in 2020, 
with the Asia region impacted by 
the continued pandemic related 
travel restrictions. 

Overall order prospects remain strong 
and the total OE and Service closing 
order book is 41% above the opening 
order book and customer activity 
levels remain robust across each 
region and sector. 

Pandemic 
Managing supply chain lead times 
and securing parts availability is a 
daily challenge to our Operations and 
Project Management teams. Several 
OE project build lead times were 
extended in the year due to supplier 
parts and material delays, which we 
actively manage with our customers. 
The impact has been largely mitigated 
by the Group’s robust and secure 
supplier relationships; however, the 
global shortage of certain electrical 
components is expected to continue 
into H1 2022.

In addition, travel restrictions 
implemented to limit the spread of the 
pandemic, particularly in EMEA and 
APAC, continued to make completing 
on-site service work and installation 
and commissioning of equipment 
challenging. To mitigate this, we utilise 
digital solutions to provide services 
remotely to ensure high customer 
service levels are maintained. 
Mpac is well positioned to service 
these essential sectors and the 
business continues to act proactively 
to promote the range of newly 
developed products and to offer 
the customers creative and flexible 
digital solutions for remote machine 
acceptance and servicing. 

The Board of Mpac continues to 
monitor the situation carefully 
across our customer, supplier, and 
employee base.

Mpac business model ’One Mpac’ 
Core to our five-year strategic plan 
is the evolution to a single entity 
business model. We have operations 
around the world and industry-leading 
technologies and innovation which is 
highly valued by our customers. None 
of that is possible, of course, without 
the commitment of our people. 
Having a highly skilled, technical 
workforce in place and ensuring 
everyone can contribute at their 
highest level and grow in their position 
over the long term enables us to win 
as a team. Through ‘One Mpac’ we are 
developing leaders, whilst engaging 
and empowering our global workforce. 
With strong leaders, engaged 
people and common processes we 
strengthen the organisation and 
create value for our customers and 
shareholders.

Strategic update
The implementation of our strategic 
plans and continued focus on 
increasing the scale and diversity 
of the Group is the driver to Mpac 
reporting growth in order intake, 
revenue, and underlying profitability 
during a challenging year in which 
all our sites were impacted by 
lengthening global supply chain 
lead times, price increases and 
the availability of labour due to the 
Covid-19 resurgence.

Our strategy focuses on three key 
initiatives to drive growth:

Going for Growth – Offering 
customers comprehensive 
“Automation Ecosystems” solutions 
in our target sectors. 

Make Service a Business – Providing 
customers with a comprehensive 
portfolio of service products to 
ensure they maximise their return 
on investment; and,

Operational Efficiency – Operational 
excellence and flexibility of supply 
chain to increase responsiveness to 
investment cycles.

Going for Growth
Our goal remains to grow Group 
revenue by a double digit rate year 
on year. The overall market is huge 
and has fundamental growth drivers. 
During 2021 we established a regional 
sales approach supported by our single 
entity model, ‘One Mpac’, offering 
innovative packaging machinery 
solutions from our extensive portfolio 
of engineered modules, which is 
delivering a wider range of machines 
into new and existing customers. 
Expansion in the Americas region 
continued with the move in 2021 
into a new US headquarters and 
showcase facility from which Mpac 
can promote, demonstrate, and 
configure the Lambert, Langen and 
Switchback product ranges to local 
customers. Cross selling of the existing 
product and service offering to new 
and existing customers will be a key 
driver of growth in 2022, through 

Mpac Group plc 

Annual Report & Accounts 2021 

13

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

“  This new facility will offer our customers a 

strategic high-tech environment which will 
showcase all the Mpac offerings under one roof, 
whilst offering our personnel the space we need 

to grow all facets of the Group in the US.”   

      Dave Shepherd: President Mpac Switchback USA

46 Financial statements25 Corporate governance 
 
 
  Mpac Group plc

Annual Report & Accounts 2021

14

Operating 
review
continued

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

ensuring we better understand the 
customers’ evolving needs and extend 
our proposition with a broader solution 
approach. 

The Group has undertaken a review 
of our market approach and digital 
platform customer proposition and 
as a result, Mpac launched a new 
Group-branded website (www.
mpac-group.com) and aligned its 
commercial approach to the wider 
Mpac product line websites. Our go 
to market approach is now under a 
unified Mpac brand supported by 
strong product lines, covering all 
aspects of automation and packaging 
solutions. This has been supported by 
a social media campaign, resulting in 
a significant uptick in followers and 
lead generation.

Innovation remains the key to long 
term sustainable growth. During 2021 
we have developed technologies to 
support our solutions for the clean 
energy sector in collaboration with 
24M and FREYR Battery and have 
launched the Mpac Cube, which 
incorporates innovations focused 
on improved machine performance, 
digital enhancements plus further 
Industry 4.0 enabled technology. 
Furthermore, we have continued 
to expand our full line solutions for 
automation and packaging in the 
healthcare market and expansion of 
our end of line offering for the food 
& beverage sector.

Make Service a Business
Our updated five-year Service 
strategic growth plan complements 
the OE growth initiatives and is built 
around a world class Service support 
function which uses innovative  
digital technologies, complemented 
by in-person field-based support 
from a local operating model. Our 
goal is to generate 30% of our 
revenue from services.

Our customers have an extensive 
globally installed base which they 
expect to run continuously at high levels 
of overall equipment effectiveness. 
The trends within Industry 4.0 and 
its enabling technological platforms 
support our strategy to work with our 
customers to ensure they maximise 
their return on investment throughout 
the life-cycle of the equipment. We 
launched our Services product line 
during the year under the brand Mpac 
Cube. This brings together all our 
existing service products with a suite of 
digital technologies aimed at providing 
our customer Industry 4.0 capabilities 
to enhance their productivity.

now embedded these tools into our 
Service product range. 

As part of our strategic plan to 
provide local support to global 
customers, in 2021 we further 
enhanced our Service model in the 
Americas region with the formation 
of an Americas healthcare service 
business unit, which provides 
proactive and responsive technical 
support specific to the installed 
machine base and product offering 
in the healthcare sector.

Operational Efficiency
Our goal is to be a flexible 
organisation which can respond 
quickly and with agility to our 
customer needs, leveraging our 
global internal resources as one. This 
is achieved through organisational 
excellence, underpinned by a global 
supply chain and supported by a 
single business model, ‘One Mpac’. 
The cross utilisation of resources 
is now fully embedded within the 
Group’s operations.

Throughout the pandemic the 
requirement from customers for 
digital technology and remote support 
offerings increased significantly and 
Mpac was able to fulfil this demand 
and offer solutions for customers, 
which ensured that most lost or 
deferred ‘on site’ Service revenues 
were mitigated with alternative 
remote revenue streams. Mpac has 

In early 2021 we deployed our global 
ERP and business systems blueprint 
to our facilities in Mississauga, 
Canada and Tadcaster, UK, which 
will support the strategy to leverage 
the earlier deployments of common 
engineering design platforms to our 
manufacturing sites and the initial 
ERP system at our facility in the 
Netherlands. 

Environmental, Social & Governance
We are fully committed to improving 
our Environmental, Social & 
Governance (‘’ESG’’) performance 
in all areas and we are pleased with 
our early progress. Sustainability is 
at the core of the Mpac business 
model. Our engineered automation 
and packaging solutions provide 
customers in the healthcare and 
food & beverage sectors with 
sustainable and environmentally 
sound equipment that support the 
global megatrends of reductions in 
packaging use, particularly single-
use plastic packaging, and energy-
efficient machinery. Our end-to-end 
capabilities help environmentally 
focused businesses meet their ESG 
targets and our evolving innovative 
solutions offer our customers 
opportunities to achieve their 
sustainability goals.

There is an inverse relationship 
between Mpac’s scope of influence 
and the sustainability impact of the 
packaging industry. The highest 
potential to drive carbon footprint 
reductions in the value chain is 
downstream, where Mpac’s 
leverage is to drive productivity 
improvements through our 
service products.

We encourage the culture and 
adoption of continuous improvement 
in sustainability.

“  Mpac Cube brings together all our existing service 

products with a suite of digital technologies aimed 
at providing our customer Industry 4.0 capabilities 

to enhance their productivity.” 

25 Corporate governance46 Financial statements 
 
Mpac Group plc 

Annual Report & Accounts 2021 

15

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

Acquisition strategy and update
The Board continues to seek and 
evaluate potential acquisition 
opportunities, the focus of which is to 
find businesses that will enhance our 
customer proposition in automation 
and packaging solutions by extending 
our product range and our access to 
a broader range of customers in our 
market sectors, adding value to the 
Group. A number of opportunities 
are currently under evaluation and 
further updates will be provided 
as appropriate.

Outlook
The Group made substantial progress 
in 2021 in delivering our five-year 
strategic plan with the strong 
financial performance underpinned 
by the Group’s progress in realising 
the benefits of the ‘One Mpac’ 
business model. 

The Group remains focused on 
executing its long-term strategy of 
delivering OE order intake growth 
and improved margins, increasingly 
through our digital services customer 
offering, together with increased 
operational efficiencies. 

We announced in July 2021 that Mpac 
was awarded a contract with FREYR 
Battery to develop and build a clean 
energy casting and unit cell assembly 
line and this project has the potential 
to open the clean energy sector to 
Mpac in 2022. We remain focused on 
delivering this first development line 

and establishing Mpac’s position as 
a trusted partner to provide battery 
assembly automation in this exciting 
and rapidly developing market.

Our opening 2022 order book 
provides extensive coverage over 
forecast revenue, and we have again 
been successful in broadening 
the diversity of our customers and 
product range in the current order 
book. Notwithstanding the potential 
for ongoing uncertainties regarding 
Covid-19, and the Ukraine crisis, which 
we will continue to monitor closely, 
the orderbook, prospect pipeline, 
strong operational and management 
team, means the Group’s prospects 
remain positive and the year has 
started on track. 

The Group has both the financial 
and managerial resource available 
to develop the business, with the 
prime focus being on organic growth. 
This will be delivered through the 
leveraging of its global position, 
development of its products and 
an improved and expanded service 
offering to its customers. We 
continue to evaluate complementary 
acquisition opportunities.

Tony Steels 
Chief Executive

16 March 2022

“  Our end-to-end capabilities help environmentally 

focused businesses meet their ESG targets and our 
evolving innovative solutions offer our customers 

opportunities to achieve their sustainability goals.” 

46 Financial statements25 Corporate governance 
 
 
  Mpac Group plc

Annual Report & Accounts 2021

16

Financial 
review

“ In 2021, Mpac returned 
to growth, generating an 
increase in margin and 
profitability over 2020, 
underpinned by our 
approach to operate as 
a single entity business 
model, ‘One Mpac’, and 
by leveraging the prior 
investment in business 
processes and systems.”

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

Revenue and operating results
Group revenue in the year was 
£94.3m (2020: £83.7m) with the 
growth in 2021 primarily driven by 
the 2020 acquisition of Switchback. 
Revenue in the Original Equipment 
(“OE”) division was £74.1m (2020: 
£64.1m) and revenue in the Service 
division was £20.2m (2020: £19.6m). 
Order intake was £117.9m, an increase 
of 41% from the previous year (2020: 
£83.9m). Gross profit was £28.9m 
(2020: £24.3m) and underlying selling, 
distribution and administration costs 
were £20.1m (2020: £17.8m). 

Underlying operating profit was 
£8.8m (2020: £6.5m). Underlying 
profit after tax was £7.9m (2020: 
£6.3m) and statutory profit for the 
year was £7.8m (2020: £4.2m).

Non-underlying items
Non-underlying items merit 
separate presentation in the 
consolidated income statement to 
allow a better understanding of the 
Group’s financial performance, by 
facilitating comparisons with prior 
periods and assessments of trends 
in financial performance. Pension 
costs, acquisition-related items and 
property transactions are considered 
non-underlying items as they are not 
representative of the core trading 
activities of the Group and are not 
included in the underlying profit 
before tax measure reviewed by 
key stakeholders.

Interest and taxation
Net financing expense was £0.1m 
(2020: £nil). Tax on underlying profit 
before tax was £0.7m (2020: £nil). 
The tax charge on the Group’s 
profit before tax was £0.4m 
(2020: £1.3m credit).

Dividends
Having considered the opportunities 
for investment in the growth of the 
Group, the Board has decided that it is 
not appropriate to pay a final dividend. 
No interim dividend was paid in 
2021. Future dividend payments will 
be considered by the Board in the 
context of future growth opportunities 
and when the Board believes it is 
prudent to do so.

Cash, treasury and funding activities
Cash at the end of the year was 
£14.5m (2020: £15.5m). Net cash 
inflow before reorganisation was 
£0.8m (2020: £12.8m), after an 
increase in working capital of £8.2m 
(2020: £7.5m decrease) and defined 
benefit pension payments of £2.6m 
(2020: £3.0m). Reorganisation and 
acquisition costs of £0.3m (2020: 
£0.9m) were paid in the year. Net 
taxation payments were £0.1m 
(2020: £0.7m). Capital expenditure on 
property, plant and equipment was 
£1.5m (2020: £1.2m), and capitalised 
product development expenditure 
was £0.2m (2020: £1.8m). Net current 
assets at the end of the year were 
£12.5m (2020: £8.3m) and net assets 
at the year end were £65.4m 
(2020: £46.2m).

Key Performance Indicators
The Group uses a range 
of measures to monitor 
progress against it’s strategic 
and financial plans. The key 
performance indicators are 
presented below:

£117.9m

Overall Group order intake 
(2020: £83.9m)

£94.3m

Revenue 
(2020: £83.7m) 

£8.8m

Underlying operating profit 
(2020: £6.5m) 

9.3%

Underlying operating 
return on sales 
(2020: 7.8%)

£14.5m

Cash 
(2020: £15.5m) 

39.7p

Underlying EPS 
(2020: 31.4p) 

Will Wilkins 
Group Finance Director

Statutory Key Performance Indicators
The statutory measures relating to the underlying Key Performance Indicators above are as follows:

£8.3m

Operating profit 
(2020: £2.9m)

8.8%

Operating return on sales 
(2020: 3.5%)

39.1p

Basic EPS 
(2020: 20.8p)

 25 Corporate governance46 Financial statements 
 
Deferred consideration in respect 
of the acquisition of Switchback of 
£0.6m regarding the satisfaction of 
certain performance targets in the 
year to 30 September 2021, was paid 
in October 2021.

The three-year performance criteria 
associated with the 2018 acquisition 
of Lambert Engineering (“Lambert”) 
were not satisfied and consequently 
the carrying value of the deferred 
consideration of £2.4m was 
released to the income statement 
as a credit to non-underlying 
administrative expenses.

The Group entered into a three-year 
funding agreement with HSBC in 
2019, which provides the Group with 
a £10.0m revolving credit facility to 
support future growth. This facility 
also provides a number of other 
opportunities to proactively manage 
the Group’s cash and ensure that 
the Group is well placed to react 
to opportunities, both organic and 
acquisition related, as they arise. The 
facility was not utilised in the year.

There were no significant changes 
during 2021 in the financial risks, 
principally currency risks and 
interest rate movements, to which 
the business is exposed, and the 
Group treasury policy has remained 
unchanged. The Group does not 
trade in financial instruments and 
enters into derivatives (mainly forward 
foreign exchange contracts) solely for 
the purpose of minimising currency 
exposures on sales or purchases in 
other than the functional currencies 
of its various operations.

Reconciliation of underlying profit before tax to profit before tax

Underlying profit before tax

Non-underlying items
Defined benefit pension scheme – past service cost GMP equalisation
Defined benefit pension scheme – other costs and interest
Acquisition costs
Reorganisation costs
Release of deferred consideration costs
Acquired intangible asset amortisation
Deferred consideration interest
Profit on disposal of Coventry facility
Non-underlying items total
Profit before tax

Mpac Group plc 

Annual Report & Accounts 2021 

17

Financial 
review

2021 
£m
8.6

–
(1.0)
(0.4)
–
2.4
(1.6)
(0.1)
0.3
(0.4)
8.2

2020 
£m
6.3

(0.2)
(0.6)
(0.4)
(0.5)
–
(1.6)
(0.1)
–
(3.4)
2.9

Revenue (£m)

Underlying profit before tax (£m)

100

80

60

40

20

0

10

8

6

4

2

0

2017

2018

2019

2020

2021

2017

2018

2019

2020

2021

Underlying operating return on sales (%)

Net assets (£m)

10

8

6

4

2

0

2017

2018

2019

2020

2021

70

60

50

40

30

20

10

0

2017

2018

2019

2020

2021

2
0

5
2

6
4

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

e
c
n
a
n
r
e
v
o
g
e
t
a
r
o
p
r
o
C

s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s

l

i

a
c
n
a
n
F

i

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  Mpac Group plc

Annual Report & Accounts 2021

18

Financial 
review
continued

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

Prior year adjustments
Following a review of the Group’s 
compliance with certain technical 
aspects of IAS 12, additional deferred 
tax assets have been recognised 
in the consolidated statement of 
financial position. Deferred tax 
liabilities have historically been 
recognised on consolidation in 
relation to acquired intangible assets; 
however, deferred tax assets have not 
been recognised in respect of losses 
where there has been uncertainty 
around when future taxable profits will 
be generated to enable the Group to 
utilise the losses. The Group has now 
reconsidered the requirements of IAS 
12 and, where taxable losses are held 
which relate to the same jurisdiction 
as the Group expects to benefit from 
the intangible assets, deferred tax 
assets have been recognised.

This adjustment has no impact on 
the underlying results or cash flow of 
the Group. 

Pension schemes
The Group is responsible for defined 
benefit pension schemes in the UK 
and the USA, in which there are no 
active members. 

The IAS 19 valuation of the UK 
scheme’s assets and liabilities was 
undertaken as at 31 December 2021 
and was based on the information 
used for the funding valuation work 
as at 30 June 2018, updated to reflect 
both conditions at the 2021 year 
end and the specific requirements 
of IAS 19. The smaller US defined 
benefit schemes were valued as at 
31 December 2021, using actuarial 
data as of 1 January 2021, updated for 

conditions existing at the year end. 
Under IAS 19 the Group has elected to 
recognise all actuarial gains and losses 
outside of the income statement. 

The IAS 19 valuation of the UK 
scheme resulted in a net surplus at 
the end of the year of £35.7m (2020: 
£14.0m) which is included within 
the Group’s assets. The value of the 
scheme’s assets at 31 December 2021 
was £453.1m (2020: £440.9m) and 
the value of the scheme’s liabilities 
was £417.4m (2020: £426.9m). 
The scheme was largely protected 
from the sharp increase in inflation 
forecasts by the liability matching 
strategy, whilst strong growth in 
asset values generated a significant 
increase in the IAS 19 surplus. 

The IAS 19 valuations of the US 
pension schemes showed an 
aggregated net deficit of £2.5m 
(2020: £3.0m) with total assets of 
£9.9m (2020: £10.1m). 

During the year the Company made 
payments to the UK defined benefit 
scheme of £1.9m (2020: £1.9m) in 
respect of the deficit recovery plan. 
A contribution of £0.4m (2020: £0.8m) 
in accordance with the profit-sharing 
arrangement in the schedule of 
contributions was also paid.

In 2019 the UK scheme’s triennial 
valuation as at 30 June 2018 was 
completed, with the reported deficit 
reducing to £35.2m (30 June 2015: 
£69.6m). The contributions remained at 
the same level, but the recovery period 
reduced to six years and one month 
(30 June 2015: 14 years 2 months). 
Further details are shown in note 24.

Lambert deferred consideration
The three-year performance criteria 
associated with the acquisition of 
Lambert were not satisfied and 
consequently the carrying value of 
the deferred consideration has been 
released to the income statement. 
Timing of individual order placement 
and of project execution can have 
a material impact on the trading 
performance in any one year and 
despite the targets not being met, 
the trading performance of Lambert 
since acquisition remains strong. 
Furthermore, the release of the 
deferred consideration is not an 
indicator of an impairment in the 
carrying value of the investment.

Equity
Group equity at 31 December 2021 
was £65.4m (2020: £46.2m). The 
movement arises mainly from the 
profit for the year of £7.8m, a net 
actuarial gain in respect of the 
Group’s defined benefit pension 
schemes of £12.8m, offset by 
changes in the fair value of cash 
flow hedges of £1.3m; all figures are 
stated net of tax where applicable. 

Will Wilkins 
Group Finance Director

16 March 2022

25 Corporate governance46 Financial statements 
 
The Board regularly considers the main risks that the Group faces and how to mitigate those risks. The principal risks 
and uncertainties to which the business is exposed are summarised as follows.

Mpac Group plc 

Annual Report & Accounts 2021 

Risk

Covid-19 

Mitigation

2021 Movement

The Group has identified three categories of risk 
associated with the spread of Covid-19. Firstly, 
the risk associated with customer confidence and 
investment decision making which can directly 
result either in projects being cancelled or delayed. 
The second element is the risk of supply chain 
disruption with demand for key components 
exceeding supply coupled with disruption to 
transportation. Finally, the risk of ongoing labour 
efficiency due to government restrictions, 
which would result in a production stoppage 
whilst the facility was deep cleaned, and 
employees were quarantined. 

The Group implemented a series of measures to preserve cash, 
reduce discretionary spend and to focus on digital marketing and 
innovation to provide a shield from the worst commercial and 
financial impact of the pandemic. The geographic diversity of 
the customer base coupled with supplying the Covid-19 resilient 
markets of Healthcare, Pharmaceutical and Food and Beverage 
provide a mitigation to the impact from the pandemic. 

The Group’s supply chain has been established to ensure there 
are several options for all critical parts. The global supply chain 
includes a blend of local suppliers alongside low-cost suppliers to 
provide flexibility.

Unchanged
All employees have returned to work and project 
execution and parts fulfilment activity has 
returned to pre-pandemic levels.

Travel restrictions, particularly in EMEA and 
APAC continue to restrict opportunities to 
complete on-site service work and install 
and commission equipment and in addition, 
lengthening supply chain lead times due to 
increase in global demand as economies recover 
from the pandemic has become a headwind to 
the timing of revenue development.

19

Principal 
risks and 
uncertainties

The Group continues to focus on protecting employee’s health and 
wellbeing by implementing appropriate social distancing regimes 
and increased hygiene routines at our plants. This, alongside an 
operational footprint established with common engineering and 
project management platforms, allows for project execution to be 
relocated in the event of resource constraints or Group employees 
being unavailable to work due to the pandemic.

Political, Economic and market cycles 

The Group is potentially affected by global political 
and local economic cycles and changes in a 
number of industrial sectors, including Healthcare 
and Food and Beverage industries. Such potential 
changes include those arising as a consequence 
of governmental activities, such as escalating 
political tensions, regulation and taxation. 

Brexit trade disruption

The impact on the Group of the UK leaving the 
EU is limited to potential disruption of the flow of 
trade between the Mpac business in Tadcaster 
and customers and suppliers within the EU, and to 
a lesser extent, on trade from the Mpac EU based 
entity and customers within the UK.

Customers, suppliers, and Group operations are geographically 
diverse, and the Group sells a range of products and services to a 
number of industries in all parts of the world.

The usual market cycles have been disrupted by the pandemic, 
with shifts in sector demand and new opportunities being 
accelerated. Mpac has benefited from these disruptions, with the 
investment in flexible, connected machinery having been rapidly 
applied to new applications as required. In respect of mitigating 
against the impact of political unrest, Mpac maintained a wide and 
diverse customer and supplier base which is not dependent upon 
any one jurisdiction.

Increased
The recent events in Ukraine demonstrate that 
political tensions can have indirect implications 
on supply chain and over a longer time horizon, on 
customer investment decision making. However, 
Mpac operates in markets which are less affected 
by economic cycles than most and the Group can 
flex to the demands of the customer base.

Trade disruption risk is partially mitigated by matching the 
locations of customers and production within the Mpac Langen 
business, flexible production facilities across three continents 
along with limited reliance upon the UK market. 

Specific actions were taken prior to the 2020 year end to minimise 
the disruption caused by the late conclusion of the Brexit 
agreements and these ensured that the UK site could service all 
aspects of the UK installed machine fleet without the physical 
presence of non-UK staff.

Decreasing
As the exit process has progressed through 2021 
the uncertainty has started to reduce. The risk 
continues to be mitigated by a low volume of 
consignments, and by scheduling all requirements 
well in advance.

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

46 Financial statements25 Corporate governance 
 
 
  Mpac Group plc

Annual Report & Accounts 2021

Risk

Regulatory change

Mitigation

2021 Movement

20

Principal 
risks and 
uncertainties
continued

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

The Group may be affected by changes in global 
or national regulations across any of its key 
sectors, examples of which include changes in 
regulations which significantly change the 
demand for our customer’s products or 
restrictions upon/changes to the methods 
of packaging and distribution.

Loss of trading partners

The Group faces the general risk of trading 
partners, including both customers and suppliers, 
ceasing to operate; the loss of any such partner 
could have an adverse effect on the Group’s 
operating results and financial condition, including 
potentially affecting the viability of a subsidiary 
company. A number of customers operate in 
countries which may face a higher degree of 
political risk than others.

Large one-off projects

The Group undertakes large, one-off projects 
for its customers each year. Several risks follow 
from the nature of this type of business, including 
the potential for cost over-runs and delays in 
performing the contract, with a consequent impact 
on cash flows and profits. Also, the Group is prone 
to potentially large fluctuations in business levels, 
as demand can be volatile.

Loss of a key facility

The Group operates a number of sites around 
the world and the loss of any one of them would 
interrupt a revenue stream and could potentially 
have an adverse effect on the Group’s operating 
results and financial condition.

The Group, and the Group’s customers and 
suppliers, may also be affected by sudden 
restrictions in global logistics.

The Group’s products are used to produce and package a very 
wide range of products and restrictions or changes to any one 
product, especially within our key sectors where individuals are 
reliant upon the sector daily, which provides some mitigation 
against sudden change.

Unchanged
The demand for new packaging and innovation in 
this area has continued unabated, to the benefit of 
the Group.

The Group has extensive knowledge and experience in designing 
machines to accept all kinds of products and packaging materials, 
including those with the lowest environmental impact and 
machines designed to minimize packaging material usage whilst 
maintaining the customer’s product in perfect condition.

The Group has a diversified base of customers. In certain years 
sales to a customer may be more than 15% of Group revenue, 
although the sales would typically be both original equipment 
and service, and to a number of different geographic regions. 
The Group regularly reviews its trading relationships with 
suppliers with the aim of ensuring that alternative sources of 
supply are available.

Customers – Decreasing 
Suppliers – Unchanged
The Group continues to enjoy a diverse, blue chip 
customer base, so the impact of a loss of a single 
customer is limited. The strength of our customer 
base has both increased and diversified during the 
year, so this risk has decreased. Suppliers, however, 
are at greater risk of distress in difficult or changing 
market conditions and positive steps towards 
additional supplier diversification have been taken.

The Group utilises good project management practices, including 
regular technical and commercial reviews of its major projects. 
Resource capacity is regularly reviewed, alongside reviews of order 
prospects lists.

Increased
Strong contract management processes have 
ensured that the Group has broadly maintained 
profitability from the ‘as sold’ level through to 
completion.

Disaster recovery plans are in place for each site. IT infrastructures 
are designed to have minimal inter dependence across the Group, 
thereby not exposing a number of facilities to the failure of one 
central system.

The diverse locations and common skill sets around the Group, 
along with the Group’s investments in communication technology, 
means that production could be moved from one site to another 
at short notice if a site or its region were unable to function for a 
period of time.

Unchanged
The Covid-19 pandemic highlighted the potential 
for one of the Group’s sites to be temporarily closed 
because of external circumstances and this risk 
continues whilst, although prudent measures are 
being taken, and the overall threat of the pandemic 
has diminished, there remains no certainty 
that a local outbreak could be contained whilst 
maintaining operations. Appropriate contractual 
protections are included in the Group’s contracts to 
mitigate the direct financial cost of such an event.

25 Corporate governance46 Financial statements 
 
Risk

Mitigation

2021 Movement

Exchange rate movements

The majority of the Group’s trading is conducted 
outside of the UK and in currencies other than 
sterling. Consequently, its financial performance 
is affected by fluctuations in foreign exchange 
rates, particularly as a result of changes in the 
relative values of the US dollar, Canadian dollar, 
euro, and sterling.

IT security

The Group holds sensitive data relating to its 
employees, customers, and suppliers as well as 
intellectual property and financial data. Should 
security infringement occur the Group risks loss of 
customers, disruption of normal operations, fines, 
and reputational damage. Since the 2020 Covid 
outbreak there has been a substantial rise 
in cyber-criminal activity such as ransomware 
and trojan deployment.

Availability of funding

The Group has a wide supply base in different countries and 
monitors the relative values of currencies in making purchasing 
decisions. The Group enters into forward foreign exchange 
contracts to minimise currency exposures on sales and purchases 
in other than the functional currencies of its operations.

Unchanged
Volatility in the foreign exchange markets has 
been lower so far in 2021, and the use of hedging 
and matching of supply locations to customers 
continues to minimise the impact.

The Group continually reviews the effectiveness of its IT 
security controls in consultation with external experts and 
invests in industry best practice security software. The security 
arrangements of the Group’s IT assets prevent unauthorised 
access to core IT hardware. IT infrastructures are designed to have 
minimal inter dependence across the Group. Cyber security user 
training is employed as a final line of defence.

Unchanged
The Group maintains best practice in this area and 
there has been no significant change in the period.

The banking facilities in place prove insufficient 
for the needs of the Group to meet its growth 
objectives.

The Group conducted an in-depth review of its requirements 
and put in place a £10.0m revolving credit facility with HSBC 
during 2019.

As at 31 December 2021, the Group holds cash balances of 
£14.5m. It is considered that the Group has sufficient cash 
resources to carry on in operational existence for the foreseeable 
future without the use of the new facility, which thus provides 
a substantial buffer against the Group being constrained by 
restricted availability of funding. 

Unchanged
The facility remains in place and undrawn, with the 
cash balance and operational cash flow remaining 
positive in the period. 

It is considered that further funding would be 
available should it be required.

Mpac Group plc 

Annual Report & Accounts 2021 

21

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

46 Financial statements25 Corporate governance 
 
 
  Mpac Group plc

Annual Report & Accounts 2021

22

Principal 
risks and 
uncertainties
continued

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

Risk

Mitigation

2021 Movement

Liabilities of the Group sponsored 
defined benefit pension schemes

The Group is responsible for the funding of a 
defined benefit pension scheme in the UK, which 
pays a levy to the Pension Protection Fund of an 
amount outside the control of the Group, as well as 
three smaller such schemes in the USA. Changes 
in the value of the liabilities of the pension 
schemes, which were valued in aggregate at 
£429.8m at 31 December 2021 in accordance with 
IAS 19, as a consequence of changes in interest 
rates and mortality rates, amongst others, and 
changes in the value of the assets of the pension 
schemes, which were valued in aggregate at 
£463.0m at 31 December 2021, are largely outside 
the control of the Group. The valuation of these 
schemes impact on the value of capital employed 
in the Group and the extent to which, as a matter 
of law, it has available as distributable profits. The 
Group has responsibility for the adequate funding 
of the pension schemes and is currently paying 
to the UK scheme £1.9m per annum in respect 
of deficit funding following an actuarial funding 
valuation as at 30 June 2018. The UK scheme is 
subject to a full actuarial funding valuation as at 
30 June 2021, which will help inform its funding 
requirements over the subsequent periods.

Litigation

The Group from time to time may be subject to 
claims from third parties in relation to its current 
and past operations, which could result in legal 
costs and rulings against it that may have a 
material effect on the Group’s operating results 
and financial condition.

Supply chain

Timely, efficient supply of parts and purchased 
components is critical to our ability to deliver to 
our customers. Manufacturing and supply chain 
continuity is exposed to external events that 
could have significant adverse consequences, 
including natural catastrophes, civil or political 
unrest, changes in regulatory conditions, terrorist 
attacks and disease pandemics – this applies to 
our own manufacturing sites and those of our 
key suppliers. The inability to deliver products/
solutions to customers would impact financial 
performance and our reputation.

The Group and the pension schemes implement liability reduction 
strategies where such opportunities exist, and the Group maintains 
regular dialogue with its pension advisors on such matters. Regular 
meetings are held with the trustee of the UK pension scheme, to 
input into their asset investment decisions and to appraise the 
trustee of the progress of the Group to help inform them in making 
decisions which may impact the scheme funding requirements. 
In particular, the Group and the trustees of the schemes have an 
active programme of risk mitigation for the schemes, including 
seeking to match investments to the underlying liabilities and 
to provide options for the membership which can benefit both 
themselves and the schemes. However, many factors which 
impact the valuations and funding requirements of the pension 
schemes are outside the control of the Group.

Unchanged
Discount rates have recovered since the prior year 
and have led to the funding level of the scheme 
increasing. This was assisted by the investment 
strategy. The pension schemes remain at the risk 
of being affected by regulatory changes.

The Group has a comprehensive risk management and review 
process, which is aimed at minimising the risk of such claims 
arising because of its actions. Insurance policies are in place to 
cover some such incidences and third-party legal assistance is 
sought as required.

Unchanged
No new material claims in the period. 

Business continuity recovery plans are in place. We have 
undertaken mitigation plans for sole-source suppliers, 
sub-contractors and service providers to identify and qualify 
alternative sources of supply where appropriate.

Increasing
Many areas of the globe are experiencing 
increased supply chain issues and transportation 
disruption that have been exacerbated by the 
Covid-19 issues, alongside significant problems 
with manufacturing and distribution of products.

25 Corporate governance46 Financial statements 
 
Risk

Ethical breaches

The Group operates in highly regulated markets 
requiring strict adherence to laws with risk areas 
including Bribery & Corruption, International Trade 
Laws, Human Rights, Modern Slavery and General 
Data Protection Regulation.

Ethics or compliance breaches could cause harm 
to the Group’s reputation, financial performance, 
customer relationships and internal morale.

Contractual obligations

The Group could fail to deliver contracted solutions 
and/or fail in our contractual execution due to 
delays or breaches by our suppliers or other 
counterparties.

Production delays, quality and warranty issues 
could all cause unexpected losses and could 
potentially lead to breach of contract and 
expenses due to disputes and claims.

This could lead to loss of customers and 
reputational damage within the industry alongside 
loss of revenue and profit due to higher costs, 
liquidated damages and/or other penalties.

Sustainability and climate change

The Group’s operations and strategies could be 
deemed by stakeholders and potential investors 
to fail to comply with national and international 
targets on climate change reduction. This could 
lead to issues with trading and employment and 
financial penalties.

Mitigation

2021 Movement

A Group-wide ethics policy, which is reviewed by the Board 
annually sets out the principals that the Board expects all 
businesses and employees within the Group to adhere to.

Unchanged
No concerns raised in the year.

Mpac Group plc 

Annual Report & Accounts 2021 

23

Contracts are managed and delivered by programme management 
teams that regularly review risks and take appropriate action.

Increasing
Stresses on global supply chains drives 
increased risk.

Review and approval process for significant and higher-risk 
contracts in place at Group level.

Diversified nature of the Group mitigates exposure to single 
contracts.

The Group’s products and strategy naturally lend themselves to 
be well placed environmentally. We partner with our customers to 
drive their packaging solutions in a more environmentally friendly 
manner, and consequently help them reduce emissions.

Increasing
The global focus on Environmental Social and 
Governmental issues is increasing. Mpac is a 
low generator of emissions and waste. The Board 
is developing ESG measures and will report in 
due course.

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

46 Financial statements25 Corporate governance 
 
 
  Mpac Group plc

Annual Report & Accounts 2021

Section 172 of the Companies Act 2006 (“S172”) requires Mpac’s Directors to act in good faith and in the way that they consider to be most likely to promote the 
success of the Company for the benefit of its members as a whole and, in doing so, to have regard to the interests of other stakeholders. The Directors should 
also consider the desirability of maintaining high standards of business conduct, the need to act fairly between members of the Company and the likely long-term 
consequences of their decisions.

24

Section 172 
statement

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

In the table below, we set out our key stakeholder groups and how we engage with each of them. Each type of engagement is designed to foster effective and 
mutually beneficial relationships so that we continue to work effectively with our stakeholders.

Stakeholder group

How we engage

Employees
As at 31 December 2021, 
we employed 476 people in 
the Group, based in the UK, 
Canada, the United States, 
the Netherlands, Singapore 
and Thailand.

Our employees bring a broad 
range of experience, expertise 
and perspective to Mpac that 
contributes to the delivery 
of our strategic objectives. 
The Board recognises 
that employees are the 
cornerstone of the business.

The Group is committed to developing its employment policies in line with best practice and providing equal opportunities for all, irrespective 
of gender, age, marital status, sexual orientation, ethnic origin, religious belief or disability. Full and fair consideration is given to applications 
for employment from people with disabilities having regard to their aptitudes and abilities.

Every reasonable effort is made to support those who become disabled, either in the same job or, if this is not practicable, in suitable 
alternative work.

Emphasis is placed on training, effective communication and the involvement of employees in the development of the business. Information 
is regularly provided on the progress of the Group through local review meetings, briefings and consultative bodies. Involvement in the 
achievements of the business is encouraged through other means appropriate to each location.

The Board is updated at each Board meeting on health and safety matters. A number of employees throughout the year were absent due to 
COVID, either because they tested positive or because they were having to self-isolate due to being in contact with someone else who had 
tested positive. This does have an effect on morale within the businesses, but the management team have been able to mitigate this by the 
use of contractors and recruiting new staff to tackle the increased order workload. Strict COVID protocols are in place at all Group sites with 
regular temperature testing; the use of face coverings; social distancing where possible; and support staff working from home where local/
national regulations recommend.

Suppliers

The Group recognises and actively develops its relationships with its suppliers and works closely with them to ensure that the relationships 
are productive for all parties. 

The Group’s policy is to pay suppliers in line with its standard terms except where alternative arrangements have been agreed in advance with 
individual suppliers. The Group does not follow any external procurement or payment code. The Group’s trade creditor days outstanding at 
the year-end were 64.9.

During 2021 there have been a number of supply chain issues which have led to delays in deliveries of raw materials and electronic chips which 
have had an effect on production schedules and have restricted output. This has been challenging to the Group and the procurement teams 
have worked closely with the Group’s various suppliers to manage those delays and to mitigate them where possible by utilising existing product 
stores or changing production schedules. At the beginning of 2022 there are signs that those supply chain issues may be starting to ease.

Customers

The Group has good relationships with its customers, some of whom are long-standing. The supply chain issues encountered by the businesses 
have had an effect on the delivery of projects to some of our customers. In those cases, we work closely with the customers to inform them of the 
delays and agree revised delivery timelines. This has resulted in the need, at times, for discussions to be held at senior levels between the Group and 
customer to ensure that both parties are aware of the reasons for, and effects of, these delays and whether any contract penalty clauses are invoked. 

Customers do change their specification mid-project which does result in the production timetable having to be amended to reflect 
the changes. 

We continue to keep our customers informed of the progress of their projects with regular meetings and discussions.

Communities

We believe that business should be a force for good in the communities in which we operate. We aim to support and inspire our employees to 
make a difference in their communities.

The responsibility for community engagement is devolved to the local business units. The Group encourages employees to be involved in 
charitable, educational or other social pursuits which contribute to the local community, provided they do not interfere with the performance 
of the employee’s duties.

Further details on the Company’s strategy and long term decisions are set out in the Chairman’s introduction and Operating review. Further details of our 
stakeholder engagement, including the impact of the Company’s operations on the environment, are set out in the Directors’ Report on pages 43 to 44.

Ethics policy
The Group’s Ethics policy is reviewed annually and updated as necessary. The policy, which is distributed to every Group employee and is available to view on the 
Group’s website at www.mpac-group.com, sets out the values which Mpac seeks to encourage and certain principles governing the way it does business.

The strategic report was approved by the board and signed by Andrew Kitchingman, Chairman, on 16 March 2022.

25 Corporate governance46 Financial statements 
 
Mpac Group plc 

Annual Report & Accounts 2021

25

Corporate
governance

2
0

5
2

6
4

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

e
c
n
a
n
r
e
v
o
g
e
t
a
r
o
p
r
o
C

s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s

l

i

a
c
n
a
n
F

i

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
“ We are committed to 
excellence in corporate 
governance, and maintain 
clear policies and practices 
that promote good 
corporate governance.”

  Mpac Group plc

Annual Report & Accounts 2021

26

Chairman’s 
corporate 
governance 
statement

As Chairman of the Company, I have pleasure in presenting the corporate 
governance statement for 2021.

The QCA Corporate Governance Code 2018 (“QCA Code”)
The Board is collectively responsible to shareholders of the Company for the 
effective oversight and long-term success of the Company. The Board believes 
that sound governance is fundamental to this and has chosen to follow the 
QCA Corporate Governance Code since 2018. 

However, the Board recognises that corporate governance is not a static 
process and that there is a need to ensure that policies and practices are kept 
under review to ensure that we do meet the required standards and that this 
area develops in line with the growth and overall strategic plans for the Group. 
The Board considers that the policies, procedures and relevant systems, 
which have been implemented to date, have given us a firm foundation for our 
governance structure. 

During 2021, the Company believes that it has complied with the 10 principles 
set out within the QCA Code as shown on the opposite page.

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

Andrew Kitchingman 
Chairman

16 March 2022

Andrew Kitchingman 
Chairman

25 Corporate governance46 Financial statements 
 
Principles of the QCA Code

Deliver Growth

How the Company has complied

1.  Establish a strategy and business model which promote long-term value 

for shareholders.

The Board has collective responsibility for setting the strategic aims and 
objectives of the Group. Our strategy is articulated on pages 5 to 10 and 
on our website. 

Mpac Group plc 

Annual Report & Accounts 2021

27

2.  Seek to understand and meet shareholder needs and expectations.

3.  Take into account wider stakeholder and social responsibilities, and their 

implications for long-term success.

4.  Embed effective risk management, considering both opportunities and 

threats, throughout the organisation.

In the course of implementing our strategic aims, the Board takes into account 
expectations of the Company’s shareholders and also its wider stakeholders 
and social responsibilities.

The Board also has responsibility for the Group’s internal control and risk 
management systems. The Board regularly reviews the risks faced and ensures 
the mitigation strategies in place are the most effective and appropriate to the 
Group’s operations.

Dynamic Management Framework

5.  Maintain the Board as a well-functioning, balanced team led by the Chair.

6.  Ensure that between them the Directors have the necessary up-to-date 

experience, skills and capabilities.

7.  Evaluate Board performance based on clear and relevant objectives, 

seeking continuous improvement.

8.  Promote a corporate culture that is based on ethical values and 

behaviours.

9.  Maintain governance structures and processes that are fit for purpose 

and support good decision-making by the Board.

As Chairman, I regularly consider the operation of the Board as a whole and the 
performance of the Directors individually. 

The Directors attend seminars from time to time as appropriate, have regular 
updates at Board meetings to assist with training and awareness of compliance 
issues facing Boards of quoted companies, and also are made aware of 
developments in governance generally.

The Board carries out a formal review annually in respect of its performance 
over the previous year. The evaluation is informed by detailed questionnaires 
completed by each Director, which are then summarised on an anonymous basis, 
considered by the Board and action taken as appropriate. 

All appointments to the Board will be on merit, but with due consideration 
to the need for diversity on the Board. Such appointments will be made to 
complement the existing balance of skills and experience on the Board.

The Company operates an open and inclusive culture and this is reflected in 
the way that the Board conducts itself. The Non-Executive Directors regularly 
attend the Group’s offices and other Group events. With a relatively small 
employee base, such interactions mean it is relatively straightforward for the 
Board to promote and assess the desired corporate culture.

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

Build Trust

10.  Communicate how the Company is governed and is performing by 

maintaining a dialogue with shareholders and other relevant stakeholders.

The Board will continue to monitor its application of the QCA Code and revise 
its governance framework as appropriate as the Group evolves.

The Board recognises the importance of maintaining regular dialogue with 
institutional shareholders to ensure that the Group’s strategy is communicated 
and to understand the expectations of our shareholders.

46 Financial statements25 Corporate governance 
 
 
  Mpac Group plc

Annual Report & Accounts 2021

28

Board of 
Directors

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

Andrew Kitchingman FCA
Independent Non-Executive 
Chairman

Dr Tony Steels
Chief Executive

Will Wilkins FCCA
Group Finance Director

Appointment: Andrew Kitchingman joined the Board 
on 11 May 2016 as a Non-Executive Director and was 
appointed Chairman of the Board on 19 April 2018.

Appointment: Tony Steels joined the Company and 
was appointed to the Board as Chief Executive on 
6 June 2016.

Committees: Member of the Audit Committee and the 
Remuneration and Nomination Committee.

Skills and experience: Andrew is a Fellow of the Institute 
of Chartered Accountants in England and Wales, and 
formerly worked in senior positions in corporate finance 
with a number of firms, including KPMG, Hill Samuel, 
Albert E Sharp, Brewin Dolphin and WH Ireland.

Key strengths:
  Strong experience of financial control and good 
corporate governance
  Expertise in equity and debt capital raising
  Mergers & acquisitions

Other commitments: Non-Executive Director of Andrew 
Sykes Group plc, Trustee of Northern Aldborough 
Festival, Chairman of British Board of Agrément and 
a member of the northern fundraising Board of Marie 
Curie. He is a treasurer of Ripon Cathedral.

Skills and experience: Tony previously held a number of 
senior UK and international management positions in 
advanced technology and capital equipment industry, 
most recently at Cytec Industries, Umeco plc and 
Georg Fischer AG. He has degrees in both Engineering 
and Management, together with a PhD in business 
process modelling, augmented with over 30 years 
industrial management experience.

Key strengths:
  Capital Equipment Industry experience of more  
than 20 years
  Delivery of strategic transformations and sustainable 
profitable growth
  Extensive senior executive international business 
development
  Selection and development of high-performance 
leadership teams

Appointment: Will Wilkins joined the Mpac Group Board 
as Group Finance Director on 28 June 2018.

Skills and experience: Will is a Chartered Certified 
Accountant and, prior to his appointment, he held a 
variety of senior positions with the Company, including 
Group Financial Controller and Group Operations 
Director. He previously held a senior financial position 
at BSH Home Appliances and began his career at Grant 
Thornton in 1992.

Key strengths:
  Extensive experience in improving business  
systems, processes and controls
  More than 25 years proven track record as a  
senior finance professional with strong financial 
reporting discipline
  Cross functional practical experience in operations 
and finance

Sara Fowler Independent  
Non-Executive Director

Doug Robertson Independent  
Non-Executive Director

Matthew Taylor Independent  
Non-Executive Director

Appointment: Douglas Robertson joined the Mpac Group 
Board on 1 November 2018 as a Non-Executive Director.

Appointment: Matthew Taylor joined the Mpac Group 
Board on 21 October 2021 as a Non-Executive Director.

Appointment: Sara Fowler joined the Mpac Group 
Board on 6 March 2020 as a Non-Executive Director.

Committees: Chair of the Remuneration and 
Nomination Committee and a member of the Audit 
Committee.

Committees: Chair of the Audit Committee and 
member of the Remuneration and Nomination 
Committee.

Skills and experience: Sara is a chartered accountant 
and former partner with Ernst & Young (“EY”), a former 
practising member of the Academy of Experts and a 
CEDR accredited mediator. She had been with EY for 
30 years, a partner for 17 years and senior partner for  
EY Midlands for seven years until 30 June 2017. She was 
on the Board of the Compulsory Purchase Association 
and Chair of the CBI West Midlands.

Skills and experience: Douglas is a Fellow of the 
Institute of Chartered Accountants in England and 
Wales and was Group Finance Director of SIG plc until 
he retired from the role in January 2017. Prior to joining 
SIG, Doug was Group Finance Director of Umeco plc 
and Seton House Group Limited. He spent his early 
career with Williams plc in a variety of senior financial 
and business roles.

Key strengths:
  Extensive HR experience gained through her roles at 
EY and as an accredited mediator
  Extensive financial experience
  Experience of developing the skills agenda

Key strengths:
  Extensive multinational financial management 
experience in both public and private companies
  Strategic planning
  Acquisitions and divestments

Other commitments: Chair of BHSF Group Limited, 
Non-Executive Director of St Basils and a Non-
Executive Director of EY Foundation.

Other commitments: Non-Executive Director at both 
HSS Hire Group plc and Zotefoams plc.

Committees: Member of the Audit Committee and the 
Remuneration and Nomination Committee.

Skills and experience: Matthew has over 20 years of 
Executive and Board of Directors experience within the 
automotive, steel and manufacturing sectors across 
the world, including Belgium, the UK and Hong Kong. 
He has previously held several executive level roles 
including CEO of J C Bamford Excavators, CEO of 
Edwards Vacuum and more recently, he held the role 
of CEO of Bekaert SA until 2020.

Key strengths:
  Extensive senior executive experience
  Steel and Manufacturing experience of over 20 years
  Strong experience of good corporate governance

Other commitments: Non-Executive Director at both 
Surface Transforms plc and Strip Tinning Holdings plc.

25 Corporate governance46 Financial statements 
 
How the Board works
The Board has overall responsibility for the Company’s purpose; strategy; 
business model; performance; capital structure; approval of key contracts 
and major capital investment plans; the framework for risk management and 
internal controls; governance matters; and engagement with shareholders 
and other key stakeholders. 

The Board remains committed to understanding the needs of our shareholders 
and the wider stakeholders and it always considers how the Board’s decisions 
impact them in the longer term. In the Section 172 on page 24 we explain 
who the key stakeholders are and how the Directors engage with them. 
The Board’s full responsibilities are set out in a formal schedule of matters 
reserved for its decision.

Board meetings
The Board has an established schedule of meetings throughout the year, 
with additional meetings convened when required. The Board addresses 
several recurring items at each Board meeting, including strategic, operational 
(including health & safety) and financial performance updates. The Directors 
maintain a dialogue between Board meetings on a variety of matters. 

The table below sets out the attendance record of individual Directors at the 
Board meetings held during 2021:

Andrew Kitchingman
Dr Tony Steels
Will Wilkins
Sara Fowler
Douglas Robertson
Matthew Taylor1

1  Matthew Taylor was appointed to the Board on 21 October 2021.

Board
9/9
9/9
9/9
9/9
9/9
2/2

Composition and independence of the Board
The Board consists of six Directors: The Non-Executive Chairman, two 
Executive Directors and three Non-Executive Directors. All the Non-Executive 
Directors are considered independent.

Details of each Director’s experience and background are given in their 
biographies on page 28. Their skills and experience are relevant and cover 
areas including financial management and control, capital raising, capital goods 
industries, banking, engineering, strategic planning, business development, 
mergers and acquisitions and international management.

Appointments to the Board and re-election
The Board has delegated the tasks of reviewing Board composition, searching 
for appropriate candidates and making recommendations to the Board on 
candidates to be appointed as Directors to the Remuneration and Nomination 
Committee. Further details on the role of the Remuneration and Nomination 
Committee, together with details of the recruitment process for Matthew Taylor, 
may be found on pages 36 to 38.

All Directors will offer themselves for annual re-election, in accordance with 
best practice in corporate governance.

The Board considers all Directors to be effective and committed to their roles.

Division of responsibilities
The Chairman and Chief Executive have separate, clearly defined roles. The 
Chairman leads the Board and is responsible for its overall effectiveness in 
directing the Company, and the Chief Executive is responsible for implementing 
the Group’s strategy and for its operational performance.

Executive Directors
The Executive Directors are full-time employees of the Company and have 
entered into service agreements with the Company.

Mpac Group plc 

Annual Report & Accounts 2021

29

Corporate 
governance 
report

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

Our Board and Committee structure 

Chairman

The Board

Executive Leadership Team

Company 
Secretary

Remuneration and  
Nomination Committee

Audit Committee

Chief Executive
Group Finance Director
Innovation Director
Regional Director – Americas
Regional Director - EMEA

The Board delegates certain responsibilities to its Committees, so that it can operate efficiently and give an appropriate level of attention and consideration to 
relevant matters. The Company has an Audit Risk Committee and a combined Remuneration and Nomination Committee, both of which operate within a scope 
and remit defined by specific terms of reference determined by the Board. The Annual Report includes a report from each of these Committees and describes 
the work each Committee has undertaken during the year.

46 Financial statements25 Corporate governance 
 
 
  Mpac Group plc

Annual Report & Accounts 2021

30

Corporate 
governance 
report
continued

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

Non-Executive Directors
Each of the Non-Executive Directors has entered into a letter of appointment 
with the Company, which set out the duties of the Director and commitment 
expected. They are expected to commit at least 24 days per annum to their role 
and are specifically tasked with:

  bringing independent judgement to bear on issues put to the Board;

  applying their knowledge and experience in considering matters such as 
strategy, company performance, use of resources and standards of 
conduct; and

  ensuring high standards of financial probity and corporate governance.

How the Board operates 
The Board is responsible for:

All Directors are expected to attend all meetings of the Board and any 
Committees of which they are members, and to devote sufficient time to the 
Company’s affairs to fulfil their duties as Directors. Where Directors are unable 
to attend a meeting, they are encouraged to submit any comments on paper to 
be considered at the meeting to the Chairman in advance to ensure that their 
views are recorded and taken into account during the meeting.

Directors are encouraged to question and voice any concerns they may have 
on any topic put to the Board for debate. The Board is supported in its work 
by Board Committees, which are responsible for a variety of tasks delegated 
by the Board. There is also an Executive Leadership Team composed of the 
Chief Executive and Group Finance Director, and representatives from senior 
management whose responsibilities are to implement the decisions of the 
Board and review the key business objectives and status of projects.

  developing Group strategy, business planning, budgeting and risk 
management;

  monitoring performance against budget and other agreed objectives;

  setting the Group’s values and standards, including policies on employment, 
health and safety, environment and ethics;

The main activities of the Board during the year
There are a number of standing and routine items included for review on each 
Board agenda. These include the Chief Executive’s trading update, a health and 
safety report, operations reports, financial reports, governance and investor 
relations updates. In addition, key areas put to the Board for consideration and 
review included:

  relationships with shareholders and other major stakeholders; 

  approval of annual and half-year report and financial statements; 

  determining the financial and corporate structure of the Group (including 
financing and dividend policy);

  major investment and divestment decisions, including acquisitions, and 
approving material contracts; and

  Group compliance with relevant laws and regulations.

The Board retains control of certain key decisions through the schedule of 
matters reserved for the Board. It has delegated other matters, responsibilities 
and authorities to each of the Audit and Remuneration and Nomination 
Committees and these are documented in the Terms of Reference of each of 
those Committees. Anything falling outside of the schedule of matters reserved 
or the Committee Terms of Reference falls within the responsibility and 
authority of the Chief Executive, including all executive management matters.

Day-to-day management of the Company’s business is delegated to the 
Executive Directors and in turn to senior members of the leadership team in 
accordance with a clear and comprehensive statement of delegated authorities.

The Board meets at regular intervals and met nine times during the year. 
Directors also have contact on a variety of issues between formal meetings and 
there is also regular contact with the Executive Leadership Team and the wider 
senior leadership of the Group. An agenda and accompanying detailed papers, 
covering key business and governance issues and including reports from the 
Executive Directors and other members of senior management, are circulated 
to the Board in advance of each Board meeting. All Directors have direct access 
to senior management should they require additional information on any of the 
items to be discussed. A calendar of matters to be discussed at each meeting 
is prepared to ensure that all key issues are captured.

At each meeting, the Board reviews comprehensive financial and trading 
information produced by the management team and considers the trends in the 
Company’s business and its performance against strategic objectives and plans. 
It also regularly reviews the work of its formally constituted standing Committees 
as described below and compliance with the Group’s policies and obligations.

  dividend strategy;

  review and approval of budget;

  review against strategy;

  implementation of strategy;

  going concern and cash flow;

  material customer proposals;

  consideration of banking arrangements;

  investor relations;

  acquisitions and integration;

  review of corporate governance and Group policies;

  review of AGM business;

  outcomes from the Board evaluation process;

  briefings and review of conflicts of interest; and

  Covid-19 updates.

During the year, the majority of the meetings were held virtually, with no Board 
meetings held overseas, due to the Covid-19 pandemic. This did not impact 
the Directors from undertaking their duties and all Directors participated fully 
in the meetings.

The Board Committees
There are two Board Committees, the Audit Committee and the Remuneration 
and Nomination Committee. Both Committees are composed of the three 
Non-Executive Directors.

Each Committee has approved Terms of Reference setting out their 
responsibilities, which were reviewed and approved by the Board during the 
year and are available on the Company’s website www.mpac-group.com.

Details of the operation of the Board Committees are set out in their respective 
reports. All of the Board Committees are authorised to obtain, at the Company’s 
expense, professional advice on any matter within their Terms of Reference and 
to have access to sufficient resources in order to carry out their duties.

25 Corporate governance46 Financial statements 
 
Mpac Group plc 

Annual Report & Accounts 2021

31

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

External advisers
The Board seeks advice on various matters from its nominated adviser Shore 
Capital and Corporate Limited and other advisers as appropriate. The Board 
also sought remuneration advice from KPMG LLP during the year.

Development, information and support
Directors keep their skillset up to date with a combination of attendance at 
industry events, individual reading and study, and experience gained from other 
Board roles. The Company Secretary ensures the Board is aware of any applicable 
regulatory and governance changes and developments and updates the Board as 
and when relevant. Directors are able to take independent professional advice in 
the furtherance of their duties, if necessary, at the Company’s expense. Directors 
also have direct access to the advice and services of the Company Secretary. The 
Company Secretary supports the Chairman in ensuring that the Board receives the 
information and support it needs to carry out its roles.

Conflicts of interest
Under the Company’s Articles, the Directors may authorise any actual 
or potential conflict of interest a Director may have and may impose any 
conditions on the Director that are felt to be appropriate. Directors are not able 
to vote in respect of any contract, arrangement or transaction in which they 
have a material interest and they are not counted in the quorum. A process is in 
place to identify any of the Directors’ potential or actual conflicts of interest.

Performance evaluation
The Chairman considers the operation of the Board and performance of the 
Directors on an ongoing basis as part of his duties and will bring any areas of 
improvement he considers are needed to the attention of the Board. The Board 
carries out an evaluation process each year in respect of its performance over 
the previous year. The evaluation is informed by a detailed Board effectiveness 
questionnaire completed by each Director and covering topics such as the 
composition of the Board, the quality and timeliness of information provided, 
relationships between the Board, shareholders and employees and succession 
planning. The results are collated and reported to the Board for discussion. 
An evaluation process has been undertaken in respect of 2021 and the results 
discussed by the Board. No substantive actions were taken as a result of the 
Board evaluation.

Accountability
The Company has in place a system of internal financial controls 
commensurate with its current size and activities, which is designed to ensure 
that the possibility of misstatement or loss is kept to a minimum. These 
procedures include the preparation of management accounts, forecast variance 
analysis and other ad-hoc reports. There are clearly defined authority limits 
throughout the Group, including matters reserved specifically for the Board.

Risk management and internal control
Risks throughout the Group are considered and reviewed on a regular basis. 
Risks are identified and mitigating actions put into place as appropriate. 
Principal risks identified are set out in the Strategic report on pages 19 to 23. 
Internal control and risk management procedures can only provide reasonable 
and not absolute assurance against material misstatement. The internal control 
procedures were in place throughout the financial year and up to the date of 
approval of this report.

Business ethics
The Board is committed to the Group operating to the highest standards of 
ethical behaviour. The Group’s Ethics policy, which was reviewed by the Board 
during the year, sets out certain principles that the Board expects all businesses 
within the Group to adhere to and certain values that should be embodied in the 
day-to-day activities of the Group. It expects all employees of the Group, led by 
the members of the Board and the Group’s senior management, to encourage 
and support all other employees in acting in accordance with the policy. In 
support of this policy and its principles, the Board has published guidance in 
the Group Ethics policy, which is available on the Company’s website at 
www.mpac-group.com/group-policies.

Whistleblowing
The Company has a whistleblowing procedure, details of which are provided to 
all employees. Staff may report any suspicion of fraud, financial irregularity or 
other malpractice to a senior manager, Executive Director, or an independent 
helpline. The policy is reviewed by the Audit Committee every year and updated 
as required. Details of any matters raised under this procedure are reported to 
the Audit Committee.

Shareholders
The Company welcomes contact with its shareholders and they can contact 
the Company via the Investors section of our website: www.mpac-group.com/
contact-us/. Directors are available to discuss any matters that shareholders 
might wish to raise. They maintain communication with institutional 
shareholders, other investors and analysts through meetings, particularly 
following publication of the Group’s interim and full-year preliminary results. 
Investor relations activity and a review of the shareholder register are quarterly 
items on the Board’s agenda. The Board also regularly receives copies of 
analysts’ and brokers’ briefings.

The Company strives to provide a clear, balanced and comprehensive level 
of information and written material. The Company maintains a corporate 
website, which contains regularly updated regulatory and other information. 
The Annual Report and Accounts is a key communication document and is also 
available on the Company’s website. The Company also issues both statutory 
and non-statutory regulatory news announcements throughout the year to 
update on financial, operational and other matters. The Company offers its 
larger shareholders, either directly or via its broker, face-to-face meetings on 
a bi-annual basis at a minimum to present and discuss performance and other 
matters and obtain any feedback. These meetings are hosted by the Company’s 
Chief Executive and Group Finance Director. The Company also hosts a briefing 
for analysts, arranged by the Company’s financial public relations adviser, twice 
a year to coincide with the announcement of its half-year and full-year financial 
results to present and discuss the same matters.

Annual General Meeting (AGM)
All shareholders are encouraged to attend the AGM at which the Group’s 
activities will be considered and questions answered. The Directors are available 
to listen to the views of shareholders informally immediately following the AGM.

This year’s AGM will be held on Wednesday 4 May 2022. The Notice of Annual 
General Meeting is set out on pages 107 to 111 and will be available on the 
Company’s website at www.mpac-group.com. Separate resolutions are 
provided on each issue so that they can be given proper consideration.

Financial and business reporting
The Board seeks to present a fair, balanced and understandable assessment of 
the Group’s position and prospects in all half-year, final and any other ad-hoc 
reports, and other information as may be required from time to time. The Board 
receives a number of reports, including those from the Audit Committee, to 
enable it to monitor and clearly understand the Group’s financial position. 

Andrew Kitchingman 
Chairman

16 March 2022

46 Financial statements25 Corporate governance 
 
 
Main responsibilities of the Committee
  Reviewing the financial statements and announcements relating to the 
financial performance of the Company, including reporting to the Board on 
the significant issues considered by the Committee in relation to the financial 
statements and how these were addressed

  Reviewing the scope and results of the annual audit and reporting to the 
Board on the effectiveness of the audit process and how the independence 
and objectivity of the auditors have been safeguarded

  Reviewing the scope, remit and effectiveness of the internal audit function 
and the Group’s internal control and risk management systems

  Reviewing significant legal and regulatory matters

  Overseeing the Company’s relations with the external auditor

  Reviewing matters associated with the appointment, terms, remuneration, 
independence, objectivity and effectiveness of the external audit process 
and reviewing the scope and results of the audit

  Reporting to the Board on how the Committee has discharged its 
responsibilities

  An assessment of the risk management process including the identification 
of key risks and the monitoring and mitigation thereof

Terms of Reference for the Audit Committee can be found on 
www.mpac-group.com

  Mpac Group plc

Annual Report & Accounts 2021

32

Audit 
Committee 
report

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

Chair’s letter
Dear shareholders,

I am pleased to present my report as Chairman of the Audit Committee for the 
year ended 31 December 2021. In this Report I have sought to provide investors 
and other stakeholders with an understanding of the approach that the Audit 
Committee has taken to provide assurance over the 2021 Annual Report and 
Accounts. The Directors’ responsibility statement in respect of the Annual 
Report can be found on page 45.

The Committee has continued to play a key role within the Group’s governance 
framework to support the Board in matters relating to financial reporting, 
internal control and risk management. It has focused on ensuring that the 
interests of the shareholders are properly protected in relation to the Group’s 
financial reporting and internal control and challenging the decisions and 
approach taken by management relating to the content, judgements and 
disclosures within the Company’s financial statements.

The Board directs the Audit Committee to advise on whether the Annual Report 
is fair, balanced and understandable and provides the information necessary 
for shareholders to assess the Company’s position and performance, business 
model and strategy.

The Audit Committee receives reports covering the key areas of estimation 
and judgement underpinning the financial statements from management 
and ensures that the related disclosures reflect supporting information. It 
challenges management to explain and justify their interpretation. The Audit 
Committee is supported in this by the external auditors who present their 
findings to the shareholders in the Independent Auditors Report.

The Audit Committee is responsible for ensuring that the relationships between 
management, the external auditors and the Committee are appropriate and 
provides information on how the Committee assesses the independence of the 
external auditors in the Audit Committee Report.

As Chair I strive to ensure that the Committee’s agenda is kept under review 
and aware of relevant developments. An evaluation of the Committee's 
performance has been undertaken in respect of 2021 and the results discussed 
by the Committee. No substantive actions were taken as a result of the 
Committee evaluation.

The Audit Committee report was approved by the Committee at its meeting 
held on 11 March 2022. 

The Audit Committee has reflected upon the FRC Guidance on Audit 
Committees and was satisfied that the principles concerning internal audit are 
reflected in the responsibilities and function of the internal audit function.

“ I am pleased to present 
my report as Chairman 
of the Audit Committee 
for the year ended 
31 December 2021.”

Doug Robertson 
Chairman of the Audit Committee

25 Corporate governance46 Financial statements 
 
Audit committee report
The Committee met five times during 2021 and the following served as 
members during the year.

Committee member

Meeting attendance

D Robertson – Chairman

A Kitchingman

S Fowler

M Taylor1

5/5

5/5

5/5

1/1

1  M Taylor was appointed with effect from 21 October 2021.

The following regularly attend meetings:

  the Executive Directors

  the Group Financial Controller

  representatives from the external auditors, Grant Thornton

  representatives from BDO, who provide independent support to the Internal 
Audit function on a co-sourced basis

Other members of the management team may also be asked to attend 
meetings for discussion on specific issues. The Committee also meets with the 
external auditors at least twice each year without management being present.

The Committee is authorised to seek legal or other independent professional 
advice as it sees fit but has not done so during the year.

The qualifications of Committee members are outlined in the Directors’ 
biographies on page 28. The members of the Committee are all independent 
non-executive directors. The Board is satisfied that the Committee has 
competence relevant to the sectors in which the Group operates and its 
members have an appropriate level of experience in corporate and financial 
matters and are financially literate. The Chair is a member of the Institute of 
Chartered Accountants of England and Wales. He previously served as Group 
Finance Director of SIG plc until he retired from the role. The Board is satisfied 
that he has recent and relevant financial experience as required by the Code.

Assessing the annual report 
The Committee has the responsibility to assess whether the Annual Report, 
taken as a whole, is fair, balanced and understandable and provides the 
information necessary for the shareholders to assess the Group’s position on 
performance, business model and strategy.

The Committee made this assessment by:

  Reviewing key messages proposed for the Annual Report; 

  Reviewing copies of the Annual Report at various stages during the drafting 
process to ensure the key messages were being followed and were aligned 
with the Company’s position, performance and strategy being pursued and 
that the narrative sections of the Annual Report were consistent with the 
financial statements; 

  Ensuring that all key events and issues that had been reported to the Board 
in the executive Board reports during the year had been appropriately 
referenced or reflected within the Annual Report; 

  Reviewing how alternative performance measures were used in the Annual 
Report, ensuring completeness and accuracy of definitions, consistency 
of use, relevance to users of the Annual Report and balance with statutory 
metrics; and

  Considering reports produced by both management and the external auditors 
on principal matters and judgements in areas underpinning the financial 
statements.

Mpac Group plc 

Annual Report & Accounts 2021

33

Activities during the year
A summary of the Committee’s principal activities in 2021 is set out below:

  Review the draft Annual Report and Accounts 2020 and draft preliminary 
results announcement

  Consideration of the re-appointment of Grant Thornton UK LLP as 
external auditors

  Review of results of internal control support procedures provided by 
BDO LLP

  Review internal audit plan for the year

  Consideration of the effectiveness of the external audit process

  Review of the half-year results announcement

  Review of external auditor’s memorandum

  Review of Going Concern

  Review of the principal risks and uncertainties

  Internal Control review and update

  Consideration of and approval of external audit fee quotation for 2021

  Review and approval of the external audit plan for 2021

  Review and approval of the non-audit work policy

  Review of internal controls and risk management systems

  Review of Committee terms of reference for Board approval

  Review of whistleblowing arrangements

  Review of anti-bribery and corruption policy and procedures

  Review of Group principal risks and uncertainties

External auditor
The Audit Committee monitors the relationship with the external auditor, 
Grant Thornton UK LLP, to ensure that auditor independence and objectivity 
are maintained. 

The Committee assesses auditor independence by obtaining assurances from 
Grant Thornton UK LLP that all partners and staff involved are independent of 
any links to Mpac and confirmation that all partners and staff comply with their 
ethics and independence policies and procedures which are fully consistent 
with the FRC’s Ethical Standard

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

46 Financial statements25 Corporate governance 
 
 
  Mpac Group plc

Annual Report & Accounts 2021

34

Audit 
Committee 
report
continued

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

Policies for non-audit services and engagement of 
former employees of the external auditor
The Committee has in place policies that are reviewed annually relating 
to the employment of former employees of the external auditor and the 
engagement of the auditors, or advisers related to the auditors, on non-audit 
services which as detailed in the Committee report for 2020 provide that the 
external auditor will not undertake any non-audit related work other than tax 
compliance services. These policies, which have been adopted formally by 
the Board, require, inter alia, the Committee’s consent to any engagements or 
employment, with appropriate confirmation of independence from the auditors 
and the approval of the Committee.

External auditor reappointment
The Board, on the recommendation of the Audit Committee, has decided to put 
the Group’s statutory audit for FY22 out to competitive tender. This process has 
commenced and will complete in the second quarter of 2022, in good time for 
planning of Interim procedures.

Significant growth of the Group, and audit fee increases, are key considerations 
for this tender process. The Audit Committee will oversee the process to 
ensure minimal disruption to the business. The Audit Committee has therefore 
recommended to the Board that Grant Thornton UK LLP be reappointed at 
the Annual General Meeting in 2022 to continue in the role until, either the 
appointment of new auditors, or the reappointment of Grant Thornton UK LLP, 
depending on the outcome of the audit tender process.

Financial reporting
The primary role of the Committee in relation to financial reporting is to review 
with both management and the external auditors, and report to the Board the 
appropriateness of, the annual and half-year financial statements, considering 
amongst other matters: 

  Clarity of the disclosures and compliance with financial reporting standards 
and relevant financial and governance reporting requirements; 

  Areas in which significant judgements have been applied, including 
discussions on such matters undertaken with the external auditors; and 

  Whether the Annual Report, taken as a whole, is fair, balanced and 
understandable and provides the information necessary for shareholders 
to assess the Company’s performance, business model and strategy. 

In addition to the above, the Committee supports the Board in completing 
its assessment of the adoption of the going concern basis of preparing the 
financial statements. The Committee performed a robust review of the process 
and underlying assessment of the Group’s longer-term prospects made by 
management. These included:

  The review period and its alignment with the Group’s strategic plans;

  The assessment of the prospects of the Group after consideration of the Group’s 
principal risks, current financial position, and ability to generate cash; and

  The modelling of the financial impact of additional key scenarios which 
encompass the potential impact of crystallisation of one or more of the 
principal risks.

Significant issues considered by the Committee
The Committee reviews accounting papers prepared by management that 
provide details of significant financial reporting issues, together with reports from 
the external auditor prepared in conjunction with the interim and full-year results. 

The significant issues considered by the Audit Committee in respect of the year 
ended 31 December 2021 are set out on the following table.

Significant issue/accounting 
judgement identified

How it was dealt with

Revenue recognition, the 
application of IFRS 15, 
and accounting for the 
significant judgements 
around open contracts

Impairment of goodwill

Pension accounting

Going concern and 
business disruption

The valuation of contracts is carefully monitored 
throughout the year, utilising both accounting data 
and inputs from all aspects of the business, to 
ensure contracts are always valued appropriately.

The Group conducts extensive forecasting and 
stress testing exercises to review the carrying 
value of goodwill in line with the strategic plans 
to ensure that the values are supportable.

External experts are used on an ongoing basis to 
value the scheme in line with IAS19 and ensure a 
consistent and appropriate level of disclosure. 

The Group conducts extensive forecasting and 
stress testing exercises for multiple scenarios, 
including the global supply chain crisis, the results 
of which are reviewed regularly by the board, 
including both realistic worst-case scenarios and 
tests to determine what would be required to 
challenge the going concern basis.

Internal audit
The Committee considers annually how the internal audit function operates in 
the Group, including its Terms of Reference and whether this gives sufficient 
assurance that the business and controls of the Group are reviewed adequately. 
The Committee also approves the internal audit work plan each year. This 
function is part of the Group’s finance department and its senior member 
reports to the Committee at each meeting on its activities and has direct 
access to the Chair as required.

The Committee reviewed the need for effectiveness and independence of the 
internal audit functions, and it was decided that BDO LLP be engaged to provide 
independent support to the internal audit function on a co-sourced basis.

25 Corporate governance46 Financial statements 
 
Risk management and internal controls
The Group has established a system of risk management and internal controls. 
The Committee is responsible for reviewing the systems of risk management 
and internal control and has reviewed management’s progress in implementing 
and maintaining such control systems during the year. The Committee is 
satisfied that the internal control systems are operating effectively.

The Board has taken and will continue to take appropriate measures to ensure 
that the chances of financial irregularities occurring are reduced as far as 
reasonably possible by improving the quality of information at all levels in the 
Group, fostering an open environment and ensuring that financial analysis is 
rigorously applied. Any system of internal control can, however, only provide 
reasonable, but not absolute, assurance against material misstatement or loss.

The major elements of the system of internal control are as follows:

  Major commercial, strategic and financial risks are formally identified, 
quantified and assessed during the annual budgeting exercise and presented 
to and discussed with executive directors, after which they are considered by 
the Board;

  There is a comprehensive system of planning, budgeting, reporting and 
monitoring. This includes monthly management reporting and monitoring of 
performance and forecasts. Monthly reviews are embedded in the internal 
control process and cover each principal site. Monthly reviews require the 
Executive Leadership Team to consider, among other things, business 
development, financial performance against budget and forecast, health and 
safety and capital expenditure proposals, as well as a review of longer-term 
business development and all other aspects of the business. In addition, 
quarterly business reviews are carried out at each principal site and are 
attended by the executive directors and local management teams 
as appropriate;

  There is an organisational structure with clearly defined lines of responsibility 
and delegation of authority;

  A programme of internal control reviews and specific investigations is carried 
out. These are followed up during regular executive management visits. 
The internal control reviews include assessments of compliance with Group 
policies and procedures and findings are reported to the Audit Committee 
and Board as appropriate; a formal risk management audit is regularly carried 
out by Group personnel and external risk management consultants, which 
covers physical damage, environmental and health and safety risks together 
with business continuity issues; and

  Formal reports including recommendations are sent to each site for action 
and reported back to Group management. Progress reports are issued to the 
Board for review and monitoring.

Whistleblowing
The Group has in place a Whistleblowing policy which details the formal 
process by which an employee of the Group may, in confidence, raise concerns 
about possible improprieties in financial reporting or other matters.

Whistleblowing is an annual item on the Committee’s agenda, and any 
reported incidents will be notified to the Committee. During 2021, there were 
no reported incidents.

FY 2022 Priorities
  Completion of the Audit tender process;

  Supporting the Group in addressing the requirements of Climate Related 
Financial Disclosures; and

  Internal audit review of the Switchback control environment.

Doug Robertson 
Chairman of the Audit Committee

  Each site is required to comply with defined policies, financial controls and 
procedures and authorisation levels which are clearly communicated;

16 March 2022

Mpac Group plc 

Annual Report & Accounts 2021

35

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

46 Financial statements25 Corporate governance 
 
 
  Mpac Group plc

Annual Report & Accounts 2021

As Chair of the Remuneration and Nomination Committee ("the Committee"), 
I am pleased to present the Committee’s report, which is presented in four 
sections: the Committee Report, the Nomination Report, the Remuneration 
Report and the Remuneration Policy.

36

Remuneration 
and 
Nomination 
Committee 
report

The Nomination report in the next column details the appointment of Matthew 
Taylor as a new Non-Executive Director in October 2021.

The Remuneration report, on pages 37 to 38, details the amounts earned by 
the Directors in respect of the period to 31 December 2021 and is subject to an 
advisory shareholder vote. The Remuneration policy, on pages 39 to 42, was 
approved by shareholders at the AGM on 6 May 2020 and is effective for a 
period of three years from that date.

Committee report
Committee Composition and Meetings
Sara Fowler – Chair  
Andrew Kitchingman  
Doug Robertson 
Matthew Taylor – appointed to the Committee on 21 October 2021

Duties and Terms of Reference
The duties of the Committee are as set out in its Terms of Reference which 
is available on the Company’s website at www.mpac-group.com. The Terms 
of Reference are reviewed annually by the Committee and any changes 
recommended following this review are approved by the Board.

The Committee deals with all aspects of remuneration of the Executive 
Directors and certain senior managers, and in identifying and nominating 
members of the Board. 

The Committee undertook the following main items of business during the year:

  appointed a new Non-Executive Director;

  reviewed the structure of the Long-Term Incentive Plan for 2022 
awards onwards;

  reviewed the performance of the executive management scheme against 
their 2020 objectives;

  approved executive management pay increases;

  set 2021 objectives and performance metrics for the executive management;

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

The Committee’s members are the independent Non-Executive Directors, 
whose biographies are set out on page 28. 

  reviewed the 2020 performance against the Long-Term Incentive Plan 
performance target;

The terms of reference of the Committee requires that it meets at least twice a 
year. During 2021, the Committee met four times and the table below sets out 
the attendance record of each member of the Committee:

  succession planning;

  reviewed the Committee’s Performance Evaluation; and

  reviewed the Committee’s Terms of Reference

Member

Sara Fowler

Andrew Kitchingman

Douglas Robertson

Matthew Taylor

Meeting attendance

4/4

4/4

4/4

1/1

Additionally the Chief Executive, a representative of Prism Cosec Limited, our 
Company Secretary, and KPMG LLP, as the Company’s remuneration adviser, 
are invited to attend meetings as necessary. Each of them has confidential 
access to me at other times as required.

“ I am pleased to present 
the Committee’s report 
which is presented 
in four sections: the 
Committee Report, the 
Nomination Report, the 
Remuneration Report and 
the Remuneration Policy.”

Sara Fowler 
Chair of the Remuneration and 
Nomination Committee 

Duties and Terms of Reference
An evaluation of the Committee's performance has been undertaken in respect 
of 2021 and the results discussed by the Committee. No substantive actions 
were taken as a result of the Committee evaluation.

Nomination report
Appointment of Matthew Taylor
Resulting from the Board’s annual evaluation, and the Committee’s discussion 
on Board succession, it was recognised that the appointment of a new Non-
Executive Director with C-Suite experience in the manufacturing sector would be 
of benefit to the Company by strengthening the Board’s skills and knowledge. 

Accordingly, the Committee led the process of identifying and recommending 
an additional independent Non-Executive Director and, with the assistance of an 
external recruitment agent, the process included the following considerations:

  identifying key attributes and skills of the desired candidate, taking into 
account the current composition of the Board;

  reviewing the shortlist and arranging interviews; and

  providing the Board with a recommendation of the preferred candidate.

The Committee unanimously agreed to recommend Matthew Taylor as an 
independent Non-Executive Director to the Board. The appointment was approved 
with effect from 21 October 2021. Matthew has over 20 years of executive and 
board of directors’ experience within the automotive, steel and manufacturing 
sectors across the world, including Belgium, the UK and Hong Kong.

25 Corporate governance46 Financial statements 
 
Matthew was appointed to the Board in time for the annual two-day meeting 
to discuss the Company’s current and future strategy. He was able to meet the 
Executive and Non-Executive Directors and the entire Executive Leadership 
Team during those two days. He has also been given access to past Board 
and Committee papers and minutes. Given the restrictions imposed on travel 
by Covid-19, he has not yet had the opportunity to visit the various Group 
manufacturing sites but will do so once restrictions are lifted.

Diversity policy
The Group values diversity among its employees. In their day-to-day behaviour, 
employees are expected not to discriminate in their relationships with each 
other and with customers, suppliers and other business partners, and also to 
encourage others to behave in a proper manner.

Employment and promotion opportunities will be offered on the basis of merit 
regardless of race, colour, religion, age, sex, sexual orientation, disability and/
or national origin. The Group aims to ensure freedom from harassment and 
bullying for all employees. It is the responsibility of each employee to act in non-
discriminatory ways at all times and if an employee sees an example of possible 
discrimination, harassment or bullying taking place to bring those concerns to 
the attention of the Group’s management.

2021 Remuneration report 
Directors’ total remuneration
The remuneration of the Executive Directors for the years 2021 and 2020 is 
made up as follows:

Executive Directors’ remuneration as a single figure (audited)

Salary 
£000

248
182

All 
benefitsa 
£000

20
19

Salary 
£000
232
170

All 
benefitsa 
£000
19
19

Short-
term 
incentive 
schemeb 
£000

140
99

Short-
term 
incentive 
schemeb 
£000
108
75

Gains 
on share 
options 
£000

322
42

Gains 
on share 
options 
£000
319
–

Pensiond 
£000

63
18

Total 
£000

793
360

Pensiond 
£000
57
18

Total 
£000
735
282

2021
T Steels
W C Wilkins

2020
T Steels
W C Wilkins

a  Benefits include:
  Dr Steels and Mr Wilkins – car allowance payments, income replacement insurance and 

private medical cover.

b  The performance criteria for the short-term incentive scheme is described in the 

Remuneration policy on page 41.

c  The amounts represent the values of the awards made in the form of conditional grants 

which are exercisable no earlier than three years from the date of grant.

d  The values are the amounts contributed by the Company into the Company’s Personal 

Pension Plans for both Dr Steels and Mr Wilkins.

The remuneration of the Non-Executive Directors for the years 2021 and 2020 
is made up as follows:

Mpac Group plc 

Annual Report & Accounts 2021

Non-Executive Directors’ remuneration as a single figure (audited)

37

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

2021
All taxable 
benefits 
£000
–
–
–

Fees 
£000
78
52
52

8

–

–

–

Total 
£000
78
52
52

8

–

2020
All taxable 
benefits 
£000
–
–
–

Fees 
£000
73
49
39

–

9

–

–

Total 
£000
73
49
39

–

9

A J Kitchingman
D G Robertson
S A Fowler
M G R Taylor 
(appointed 
21 October 2021)
J L Davies 
(resigned 
5 March 2020)

Directors’ interests in shares (unaudited)
The beneficial interests of Directors holding office at 31 December 2021 and 
persons connected with them in the ordinary shares of the Company (excluding 
share options) were as follows:

T Steels 
A J Kitchingman
W C Wilkins

Held at  
1 January  

2021
78,964
13,133
3,139

Acquired in  
the year
31,170
–
4,088

Held at  
31 December  
2021
110,134
13,133
7,227

No Director holds, or held at any time during the year, a beneficial interest in 
the Company’s preference shares. There were no changes in the Directors’ 
interests in shares between 31 December 2021 and 17 March 2022.

Incentive scheme – Deferred share plan (audited)
Details of conditional grants of Mpac Group plc ordinary shares under the 
Company’s Deferred share plan yet to vest for each Director who held office 
during the year and who is eligible to participate in the plan are as follows:

T Steels
W C Wilkins

Date of award

1 May 2019
1 May 2019

Basis  
of award 
(% of salary)

20.0
30.0

Number 
of shares

35,409
33,407

Face value 
at grant  
(£000)

48
45

Awards are made following the achievement of personal objectives linked to 
long-term strategic initiatives. The earliest date that awards can vest is three 
years from the date of award. No awards were made during 2021.

On 30 March 2021, Dr Steels exercised his 2018 award over 58,811 shares. Total 
value on day of exercise being £321,696.17 (share price of £5.47), 27,641 shares 
were sold to settle his tax liabilities and the balance of 31,170 shares (valued at 
£170,499.90) was kept.

On 30 March 2021, Mr Wilkins exercised his 2018 award over 7,713 shares. Total 
value on day of exercise being £42,190.11 (share price of £5.47), 3,625 shares 
were sold to settle his tax liabilities and the balance of 4,088 shares (valued at 
£22,361.36) was kept.

46 Financial statements25 Corporate governance 
 
 
  Mpac Group plc

Annual Report & Accounts 2021

38

Remuneration 
and 
Nomination 
Committee 
report
continued

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

Long Term Incentive Plan (audited)
Details of conditional grants of Mpac Group plc ordinary shares under the LTIP yet to vest for each Director who held office during the year and who is eligible to 
participate in the plan are as follows:  

T Steels
W C Wilkins

Date of award

12 June 2019
12 June 2019

Number of shares

210,000
120,000

Face value 
at grant  
(£000)

349
199

% of salary

143%
111%

End of three-year 
performance period

31 Dec 2021
31 Dec 2021

Face value of awards at the date of grant is calculated based on the closing share price of 166p per ordinary share.

For the 2019 award, the performance metrics selected reflect underlying business performance. 70% of the award of shares is based on cumulative Earnings Per 
Share (“EPS”) performance over a three-year period. 30% of the award of shares is based on average Return-On-Capital-Employed (“ROCE”) over the same three-
year period. In respect of the percentage of the award that relates to EPS, 20% of the award is made if EPS is 85p. 100% of the award is made if EPS is equal to or 
exceeds 115p. Between these two points, allocation will be on a straight-line basis pro rata. If EPS is below 85p, no award will be made in respect of EPS. In respect 
of the percentage of the award that relates to ROCE, 20% of the award is made if ROCE is 20%. 100% of the award is made if ROCE equals or exceeds 30%. 
Between these two points, allocation will be on a straight-line basis pro rata. If ROCE is below 20%, no award will be made in respect of ROCE.

Metric

Weighting

EPS

70%

ROCE
Total

30%
100%

Performance condition
Cumulative Underlying EPS to exceed 115p over the three-year period to vest in full. 
Vesting is reduced to 20% on a pro-rata basis if cumulative Underlying EPS is 85p over 
the three-year period and is reduced to nil if it fails to reach 85p
Average ROCE to exceed 30% over the three-year period to vest in full. Vesting is reduced 
to 20% on a pro-rata basis if average ROCE is 20% over the three-year period and is 
reduced to nil if it fails to reach 20%

Threshold 
target

Stretch 
target

Actual % Vesting

85p

115p

108.3p

57.5%

20%

30%

34.15%

30.0%
87.5%

On 11 March 2022, the share price was £4.50 and this has been used to estimate the value of shares vesting. 

T Steels
W C Wilkins

Grant date

12 June 2019
12 June 2019

Vest date

12 June 2022
12 June 2022

Number of 
shares at Grant

Estimated number of 
shares to vest

210,000
120,000

183,736
104,992

Estimated value £

826,812
472,464

Awards will normally remain subject to a holding period of two years, commencing on the vesting date with the exception of sales to cover related personal tax 
liabilities. There is currently no minimum shareholding requirement for Executive Directors.

During the year, the Committee considered the frequency of granting the LTIP awards and it was agreed that awards would now be granted on an annual basis, 
rather than on a three-yearly basis as had been the case. This would enable eligible employees who joined the business in between grants to participate in the LTIP 
at the next annual grant rather than a special award having to be made or having to wait for the next grant date in potentially three years’ time. The Committee 
also reviewed the current performance metrics, together with the weighting allocated to each, and concluded that no changes were required. It is anticipated that 
awards under the LTIP will be made during 2022 and these will be reported upon in the 2022 Annual Report.

Sara Fowler 
Chair of the Remuneration and Nomination Committee

16 March 2022

25 Corporate governance46 Financial statements 
 
Remuneration policy
This part of the Remuneration and Nomination Committee’s report sets out the 
Remuneration policy which was approved by shareholders at the Annual General 
Meeting on 6 May 2020, and will be effective until no later than 6 May 2023.

The Remuneration policy is designed to ensure that the remuneration packages 
offered, and the terms of the contracts of service, are competitive and are 
designed to attract, retain and motivate Executive Directors of the right calibre. 
To achieve these goals, the Remuneration and Nomination Committee’s policy 
is to establish fixed salary at around half of the total obtainable in the case of 
excellent performance, with recognition and reward for achieving performance 
targets annually and growth in the long term.

Remuneration packages
The main components of the package for each Executive Director are:

i.  Basic salary
Basic salary is determined by taking into account the performance of the 
individual and information on the rates of salary for similar jobs in companies 
of comparable size and complexity in a range of engineering and other 
technology industries.

ii.  Incentive schemes
The Executive Directors participate in a short-term incentive scheme in 
which the minimum bonus payable is nil and the maximum bonus payable is 
120% of relevant salaries. The incentive is payable wholly in cash. The targets 
against which performance is judged are primarily the Group’s key financial 
performance indicators and personal objectives. The Directors’ personal 
objectives are commercially sensitive and therefore remain, and are expected 
to continue to remain, confidential to the Company. In some years, the targets 
may be varied to reflect particular objectives determined by the Committee.

iii.  Long Term Incentive Plan (“LTIP”)
A new LTIP, which was adopted by the Board on 10 June 2019, has been 
introduced to incentivise Executive Directors and certain senior managers 
over the longer term and encourage retention. 70% of the award of shares is 
based on cumulative Earnings Per Share (“EPS”) performance over a three-
year period. 30% of the award of shares is based on average Return On 
Capital Employed (“ROCE”) over the same three-year period. In respect of 
the percentage of the award that relates to EPS, 20% of the award is made 
if EPS is 85p. 100% of the award is made if EPS is equal to or exceeds 115p. 
Between these two points, allocation will be on a straight line basis pro rata. 
If EPS is below 85p, no award will be made in respect of EPS. In respect of 
the percentage of the award that relates to ROCE, 20% of the award is made 
if ROCE is 20%. 100% of the award is made if ROCE equals or exceeds 30%. 
Between these two points, allocation will be on a straight line basis pro rata. 
If ROCE is below 20%, no award will be made in respect of ROCE.

An award granted under the LTIP in the form of a conditional right giving 
the participant a right to acquire ordinary shares in the Company if certain 
conditions are met. Awards were made covering a three-year period. Awards 
will normally vest following the end of the three-year performance period, once 
it is determined whether and to what extent the performance conditions have 
been achieved. Awards will normally remain subject to a holding period of two 
years commencing on the vesting date. Standard malus, clawback and leaver 
provisions apply.

iv.  Pensions
Directors may choose to join the Mpac Group Personal Pension Plan, which is a 
defined contribution scheme. Additionally, life assurance and income protection 
policies are put in place for the Executive Directors.

Contracts of service
The Company’s policy is to offer contracts of employment that attract, 
motivate and retain skilled employees who are incentivised to deliver the 
Company’s strategy. The current service contracts were concluded with 
Dr Steels on 6 June 2016 and with Mr Wilkins on 22 June 2018. These service 
contracts are terminable on notice of one year given by the Company and six 
months given by the Director. In the event of termination by the Company, 
the Company has the option of making a payment of liquidated damages 
equivalent to the value of 12 months’ salary, or the balance of the period to the 
date of expiry if less, or of negotiating appropriate compensation reflecting 
the principle of mitigation. In the event of a change of control in the Company, 
if the Company terminates an Executive Director's contract within six months 
of the change of control, or if an Executive Director terminates the contract 
within six months of the change of control, the Company will be obliged to pay 
liquidated damages equivalent to the value of 12 months’ salary. The purpose 
of the change of control clause, which is reviewed regularly, is that the 
contracts should provide reasonable and appropriate security to the director 
concerned and to the Company.

Any commitment contained within the current Directors’ service contracts, or a 
current employee’s contract of employment who is subsequently promoted to 
the role of Director, will be honoured even where it may be inconsistent with the 
Company’s Remuneration policy.

Letters of appointment
The Non-Executive Directors are not issued with a separate service contract 
on appointment. The terms of their appointment are set out in their letter of 
appointment. The Company does not make termination payments to Non-
Executive Directors in the event that a Non-Executive Director’s appointment 
is terminated by the Company.

Mpac Group plc 

Annual Report & Accounts 2021

39

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

46 Financial statements25 Corporate governance 
 
 
Termination
The Committee reserves the right to make additional liquidated damages 
payments outside the terms of the Directors’ service contracts where such 
payments are made in good faith in order to discharge an existing legal 
obligation (or by way of damages for breach of such an obligation) or by way 
of settlement or compromise of any claim arising in connection with the 
termination of a director’s office or employment.

Non-Executive Directors
The fees of Non-Executive Directors are determined by the Board based upon 
comparable market levels. The Non-Executive Directors do not participate in 
the Company’s incentive schemes and nor do they receive any benefits or 
pension contributions.

  Mpac Group plc

Annual Report & Accounts 2021

40

Remuneration 
and 
Nomination 
Committee 
report
continued

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

Recruitment
The Committee reserves the right to make payments outside the Remuneration 
policy in exceptional circumstances. The Committee would only use this right 
where it believes that this is in the best interests of the Company and when it 
would be disproportionate to seek the specific approval of the shareholders in 
a general meeting.

When hiring a new Executive Director, the Committee will use the Remuneration 
policy to determine the Executive Director’s remuneration package. To facilitate 
the hiring of candidates of the appropriate calibre to implement the Group’s 
strategy, the Committee may include any other remuneration component 
or award not explicitly referred to in this Remuneration policy sufficient to 
attract the right candidate. In determining the appropriate remuneration, 
the Committee will take into consideration all relevant factors (including the 
quantum and nature of the remuneration) to ensure the arrangements are in 
the best interests of the Company and its shareholders.

The Committee may buy-out incentive arrangements forfeited on leaving 
a previous employer after taking account of relevant factors including the form 
of the award, any performance conditions attached to the award and when 
they would have vested. The Committee may consider other components 
for structuring the buy-out, including cash or share awards where there is 
a commercial rationale for this.

Where the recruitment requires the individual to relocate appropriate relocation 
costs may be offered.

Recruitment awards will normally be liable to forfeiture or clawback if the 
Executive Director leaves the Company within the first two years of their 
employment. Any such awards will be linked to the achievement of appropriate 
and challenging performance measures and will be forfeited if performance or 
continued employment conditions are not met.

25 Corporate governance46 Financial statements 
 
Mpac Group plc 

Annual Report & Accounts 2021

41

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

Future Remuneration policy table
The following table provides a summary of the key components of the remuneration package for Directors:

Salary

Purpose and link to strategy

Operation

Opportunity

This is a fixed element of the Executive Directors’ remuneration and is intended to be competitive and attract, retain 
and motivate.

Takes into account the performance of the individual and information on the rates of salary for similar jobs in companies 
of comparable size and complexity in a range of engineering and technology industries.

Salary is normally reviewed annually. Ordinarily, salary increases will be in line with increases awarded to other employees 
within the Group. However, increases may be made above this level at the Remuneration and Nomination Committee’s 
discretion to take account of individual circumstances such as:

  increase in scope and responsibility;

  to reflect the individual’s development and performance in the role; and

  alignment to market level.

Performance metrics

Not applicable, although individual performance is one of the considerations in determining the level of salary.

Benefits

Purpose and link to strategy

Operation

Opportunity

The benefits provided to the Executive Directors are intended to be competitive and attract and retain the right calibre 
of candidate.

Benefits are paid to the Executive Directors in line with market practice.

Benefits are set at a level which the Remuneration and Nomination Committee considers:

  are appropriately positioned against comparable roles in companies of a similar size and complexity in the relevant 
market; and

  provide a sufficient level of benefit based upon the role and individual circumstances.

Performance metrics

Not applicable.

Short-term incentive scheme

Purpose and link to strategy

Operation

Opportunity

Performance metrics

The short-term incentive scheme is intended to reward Executive Directors for the performance of the Group in the 
financial year.

The Remuneration and Nomination Committee reviews the financial performance of the Group following the end of each 
financial year and determines the payments to be made.

Maximum of 120% of salary.

The targets against which performance is judged are primarily the Group’s key performance metrics in each financial 
year set annually by the Remuneration and Nomination Committee as well as personal objectives. In some years, 
the targets for the short-term incentive scheme may be varied to reflect particular objectives determined by the 
Remuneration and Nomination Committee. The Remuneration and Nomination Committee retains the ability to adjust 
and/or set different performance measures if events occur (such as a change in strategy, a material acquisition/
divestment of a Group business, a change in prevailing market conditions, or a change in regulation which affects 
the Group) which cause the Remuneration and Nomination Committee to determine that the measures are no longer 
appropriate and that amendment is required so that they achieve their original purpose.

46 Financial statements25 Corporate governance 
 
 
t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

  Mpac Group plc

Annual Report & Accounts 2021

Long Term Incentive Plan (“LTIP”)

Purpose and link to strategy

42

Operation

Remuneration 
and 
Nomination 
Committee 
report
continued

Opportunity

Performance metrics

The LTIP is intended to incentivise Executive Directors and certain senior managers over the longer term in direct 
alignment with shareholders’ interests and encourage retention.

An award granted under the LTIP in the form of a conditional right giving the participant a right to acquire ordinary 
shares in Company if certain conditions are met. Awards were made covering a three-year period. Awards will normally 
vest following the end of the three-year performance period, once it is determined whether and to what extent the 
performance conditions have been achieved. Awards will normally remain subject to a holding period of two years, 
commencing on the vesting date with the exception of sales to cover related personal tax liabilities. Standard malus, 
clawback and leaver provisions apply.

The normal maximum award, covering the three-year plan period, is 300% of salary based on the value of the award at 
the date of grant.

Performance metrics selected reflect underlying business performance. 70% of the award of shares is based on 
cumulative Earnings Per Share (“EPS”) performance over a three-year period. 30% of the award of shares is based 
on average Return On Capital Employed (“ROCE”) over the same three-year period. In respect of the percentage of 
the award that relates to EPS, 20% of the award is made if EPS is 85p. 100% of the award is made if EPS is equal to or 
exceeds 115p. Between these two points, allocation will be on a straight line basis pro rata. If EPS is below 85p no award 
will be made in respect of EPS. In respect of the percentage of the award that relates to ROCE, 20% of the award is made 
if ROCE is 20%. 100% of the award is made if ROCE equals or exceeds 30%. Between these two points, allocation will be 
on a straight line basis pro rata. If ROCE is below 20%, no award will be made in respect of ROCE.

Pension

Purpose and link to strategy

Operation

Opportunity

The payment of a pension benefit is intended to form an integral part of an Executive Director’s remuneration package 
that is competitive and attracts, retains and motivates the Director.

Directors may join the Mpac Group Personal Pension Plan, or alternatively, in lieu of payments to the pension scheme, 
the Company may pay additional emoluments.

Any percentage increase in pension contributions will not exceed the percentage increase in salary.

Performance metrics

Not applicable.

Non-Executive Directors’ fees

Purpose and link to strategy

To attract and retain Non-Executive Directors of the right calibre.

Operation

The fees of Non-Executive Directors are determined by the Board based upon comparable market levels. The Non-
Executive Directors do not participate in the Company’s incentive schemes and nor do they receive any benefits or 
pension contributions.

Statement of consideration of employment conditions elsewhere in the Group
The Group applies the same key principles to setting remuneration for its 
employees as those applied to the Directors’ remuneration. In setting salaries 
and benefits each business considers the need to retain and incentivise 
key employees and the impact such policy has on the continued success 
of the Group.

25 Corporate governance46 Financial statements 
 
Reporting requirements
The following information is provided in other appropriate sections and is 
included in this Directors’ report by reference and so is deemed to be part of it:

Subject to any restrictions in its Articles of Association and the Companies 
Act 2006, the Directors may exercise any powers which are not reserved for 
exercise by the shareholders.

Mpac Group plc 

Annual Report & Accounts 2021

43

Directors' 
report

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

Information
Strategic report
Directors' Remuneration Report
Future development and events 
occurring after the balance sheet date

Reported
Pages 2 to 24.
Pages 36 to 42.
Details can be found in the Strategic 
Report on pages 2 to 24.

The Company maintained Directors’ and Officers’ Liability Insurance cover 
throughout 2021. The Articles of Association of the Company permit it to 
indemnify the Company’s officers, and officers of any associated company, 
against liabilities arising from conducting Company business, to the extent 
permitted by law. The Company’s Articles of Association, together with the 
Directors’ Service Contracts, will be available for inspection at the AGM.

Business review
The Directors’ business review is set out as part of the Strategic report with 
the results of the Group being set out in the consolidated income statement on 
page 59 and in its related notes. The Group has overseas subsidiaries.

Going concern
The Group‘s activities together with the factors likely to affect its future 
development, performance and position are as described within the Strategic 
report on pages 2 to 24 in particular the Outlook section on page 15. The 
Directors have considered the trading outlook, including the preparation of profit, 
balance sheet and cash flow forecasts, for the Group for a 24-month period 
ending 31 December 2023, its financial resources including its cash resources 
and access to borrowings, as set out in note 20 to the accounts on page 83, 
and its continuing obligations, including to its defined benefit pension schemes, 
details of which are set out in note 24 to the accounts on pages 85 to 90. These 
forecasts have been sensitised to cover a range of credible downside scenarios, 
including the potential future impacts of the pandemic and the conclusions 
remained unchanged. "Reverse stress tests", where scenarios were run to 
determine the full extent of the Group's resilience to downside risks, did not 
challenge the Group's conclusions under any plausible scenario. Performance 
subsequent to the year-end suggests the forecasts remain appropriate. Having 
made due enquiries, the Directors have a reasonable expectation that the Group 
has adequate resources to continue in operational existence for the foreseeable 
future. For this reason, they continue to adopt the going concern basis in 
preparing the financial statements.

Directors
Biographical details of the Directors currently serving on the Board and their 
dates of appointment are set out on page 28.

The Directors who served during the year are as follows:

Executive Directors
Tony Steels 
Will Wilkins

Non-Executive Directors
Andrew Kitchingman
Sara Fowler
Doug Robertson
Matthew Taylor1

1  Appointed to the Board on 21 October 2021.

The Company’s approach to the appointment and replacement of Directors is 
governed by its Articles of Association (together with relevant legislation) and 
takes into consideration any recommendations of the QCA Code.

Directors and Directors’ interests 
Directors’ interests in the Company’s shares as at 31 December 2021 are shown 
on page 37. There are no shareholding requirements for Directors.

Substantial shareholdings
At 1 March 2022, the Company had been notified, or is aware of, the following 
interests in the issued ordinary share capital of the Company:

Schroder Investment Management Limited
Mr G V L Oury

Number of 
ordinary shares
4,555,011
1,264,370

% of issued 
ordinary shares
22.58%
6.27%

Results and dividends
The Group’s profit for the year was £7.8m (31 December 2020: £3.3m profit). 
Having considered the trading results for 2021 and the opportunities for 
investment in the growth of the Group, together with the continued uncertainty 
surrounding the impact of the pandemic, the Board has decided that it is not 
appropriate to pay a final dividend. An interim dividend was not paid during 
2021 (2020: none).

Dividends on the 6% preference shares are due for payment on 30 June and 
31 December in each year and in 2021 amounted to £0.1m (2020: £0.1m).

Research and development
Group policy is to retain and enhance its market position through the design and 
development of specialist machinery and services. To achieve this objective, 
engineering and product development facilities are maintained in the UK and 
overseas. Research and development expenditure for the Group incurred in 2021, 
net of third-party income, amounted to £1.1m (2020: £1.7m), of which £0.9m 
(2020: £1.1m) was charged to the consolidated income statement and £0.2m 
(2020: £0.6m) was capitalised and included in development costs.

Share capital
At 31 December 2021, the Company’s issued share capital was £5,942,885 
divided into 20,171,540 ordinary shares of £0.25 each and 900,000 preference 
shares of £1.00 each. Details of movements in issued share capital in the year 
are set out in note 25 to the financial statements. Authority for the purchase 
of up to 3,000,000 ordinary shares for cancellation was granted at the 2021 
Annual General Meeting and this authority expires at the end of the 2022 AGM. 
While this authority was not used during the year, the Directors consider it 
appropriate to seek further authority from the shareholders at the forthcoming 
Annual General Meeting for the Company to purchase its own shares.

Resolution 14, which will be proposed as a special resolution, will seek the 
necessary authority to enable the Company to purchase for cancellation ordinary 
shares in the market for a period of up to 12 months from the date of the meeting, 
upon the terms set out in the resolution, up to a maximum number of 2,017,154 
ordinary shares representing approximately 10% of the issued ordinary share 
capital at the date of the notice convening the Annual General Meeting. 

46 Financial statements25 Corporate governance 
 
 
  Mpac Group plc

Annual Report & Accounts 2021

44

Directors' 
report
continued

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

EES Trustees International Limited holds shares as trustee in connection with 
the Company’s long-term incentive arrangements for the benefit of the Group’s 
employees; at 1 March 2022 it held 242,144 shares. The trustee has agreed 
to waive all dividends and not to exercise voting rights in respect of shares 
representing 1.2% of the issued share capital. 

Information about the Company’s share capital is given in note 25 to the 
accounts on page 91.

Disclosure of information to the auditor
As far as the Directors are aware, there is no relevant audit information of which 
the Group’s auditor is unaware, and each Director has taken all reasonable steps 
that they ought to have taken as a Director in order to make themselves aware 
of any relevant audit information to establish that the Group’s auditors are 
aware of that information.

Auditor
Grant Thornton UK LLP has indicated its willingness to continue in office as 
auditor and a resolution to re-appoint them will be proposed at the forthcoming 
Annual General Meeting.

Annual General Meeting
The Annual General Meeting will take place on 4 May 2022. Notice of the 
meeting can be found on pages 107 to 111.

Political donations 
The Company made no political donations during the year 31 December 2021.

Financial instruments
The financial risk management objectives of the Group, including details of the 
exposure of the Company and its subsidiaries to financial risks including credit 
risk, interest rate risk and currency risk, are provided in note 26 to the accounts 
on pages 92 to 98.

Sustainability policy
The Group is committed not only to compliance with environmental legislation 
but also to the progressive introduction of appropriate measures to limit the 
adverse effects of its operations upon the environment. In particular, efforts are 
made to minimise waste arising from operations, to recycle materials wherever 
possible and to consider alternative methods of design or operation.

The Group aims both to reduce its costs by these means and to promote good 
practice in the use of resources at sustainable levels.

Annual quantity of emissions
In accordance with the Companies Act 2006, Mpac Group plc is committed to 
reporting emissions for the Group on an annual basis as set out in the following 
tables. Emissions are measured as tonnes of CO2 equivalent from the Group’s 
metered purchases of electricity and fuel consumed in the activities of the 
Group for which it is responsible; an intensity ratio has also been included. 
Additionally, a measure of the CO2 emitted by travel in the Group has been 
included, representing the emissions from Group-operated vehicles and from 
business- related flights taken by the Group’s employees. The methodologies 
used for the calculation of the emissions are as follows. The emissions in 
relation to electricity and gas have been calculated by the multiplication of 
the metered usage by the emissions level provided by the supplier, or, where 
this is not available, by publicly available equivalents. In the case of transport, 
emissions are calculated based on the distances travelled multiplied by known 
emissions levels of the vehicles or, where this is not available, from equivalent 
publicly available data.

Globally

Purchased electricity
Combustion of fuel 
Travel

UK only

Purchased electricity
Combustion of fuel 
Travel

2020 comparative

Globally

Purchased electricity
Combustion of fuel 
Travel

UK only

Purchased electricity
Combustion of fuel 
Travel

KWH 
intensity 
(per  

employee)a

2,955
4,513

MWH

1,389
2,121

KWH 
intensity 
(per  

MWH

employee)a

327
1,030

1,994
6,280

CO2  
intensity 
(kg per 
employee)a

689
830
555

CO2  
intensity 
(kg per 
employee)a

463
1152
140

CO2  
(tonnes)

324
390
261

CO2  
(tonnes)

76
189
33

KWH 
intensity 
(per  

MWH

employee)a

 1,032 
 1,757 

 2,254 
 3,837 

KWH 
intensity 
(per  

MWH

employee)a

 237 
 941 

 1,300 
 5,172 

CO2  
intensity 
(kg per 
employee)a

 526 
 705 
 525 

CO2  

(tonnes)

 241 
 323 
 240 

CO2  
intensity 
(kg per 
employee)a

 303 
 951 
 75 

CO2  

(tonnes)

 55 
 173 
 53 

a  Calculated using average number of employees in the year.

Energy efficiency
The Group continues to focus on reducing energy consumption and carbon 
emissions and reviews have been undertaken and recommendations 
implemented. Reviews of new and evolving technologies form an integral part 
of a continuous operational review program. 

Employee and other stakeholder engagement
Details of the Group's arrangements for engaging with employees, suppliers 
and customers are required to be disclosed in this Directors' report and are set 
out under the s.172 statement on page 24. Such information is incorporated into 
this Directors report by reference and is deemed to form part of this report.

25 Corporate governance46 Financial statements 
 
The Directors are responsible for preparing the Annual Report and the financial 
statements in accordance with applicable law and regulations.

Company law requires the Directors to prepare financial statements for 
each financial year. Under that law the Directors have prepared the financial 
statements in accordance with UK-adopted international accounting standards. 
Under company law the Directors must not approve the financial statements 
unless they are satisfied that they give a true and fair view of the state of affairs 
and profit or loss of the Company and Group for that period. In preparing these 
financial statements, the directors are required to:

  select suitable accounting policies and then apply them consistently;

  make judgements and estimates that are reasonable and prudent;

  state whether applicable UK-adopted international accounting standards have 
been followed, subject to any material departures disclosed and explained in 
the financial statements; and

  prepare the financial statements on the going concern basis unless it is 
inappropriate to presume that the Company will continue in business.

The Directors are responsible for keeping adequate accounting records that 
are sufficient to show and explain the Group and Company's transactions and 
disclose with reasonable accuracy at any time the financial position of the Group 
and Company and enable them to ensure that the financial statements comply 
with the Companies Act 2006. They are also responsible for safeguarding the 
assets of the Group and Company and hence for taking reasonable steps for the 
prevention and detection of fraud and other irregularities.

The Directors are responsible for the maintenance and integrity of the 
corporate and financial information included on the company’s website. 
Legislation in the UK governing the preparation and dissemination of financial 
statements may differ from legislation in other jurisdictions.

In the case of each Director in office at the date the Directors’ report is approved: 

  so far as the Director is aware, there is no relevant audit information of 
which the Group’s and parent Company’s auditors are unaware; and 

  they have taken all the steps that they ought to have taken as a Director in 
order to make themselves aware of any relevant audit information and to 
establish that the Group’s and parent Company’s auditors are aware of that 
information. 

This Responsibility statement was approved by the Board on 16 March 2022 
and is signed on its behalf by:

Mpac Group plc 

Annual Report & Accounts 2021

45

Statement 
of Directors’ 
responsibilities
in respect of the annual 

report and the financial 

statements

Tony Steels 
Chief Executive

Will Wilkins 
Group Finance Director

16 March 2022

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

46 Financial statements25 Corporate governance 
 
 
  Mpac Group plc

Annual Report & Accounts 2021

46

Financial 
statements

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

e
c
n
a
n
r
e
v
o
g
e
t
a
r
o
p
r
o
C

s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s

l

i

a
c
n
a
n
F

i

2
0

5
2

6
4

 
 
 
 
 
 
Mpac Group plc 

Annual Report & Accounts 2021

47

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

Independent Auditor’s report
to the members of Mpac Group plc

Opinion

Our opinion on the financial statements is unmodified
We have audited the financial statements of Mpac Group plc (the ‘parent 
company’) and its subsidiaries (the ‘Group’) for the year ended 31 December 
2021, which comprise the Consolidated income statement, the Statement 
of comprehensive income, the Statements of changes in equity, the 
Statements of financial position, the Statements of cash flow and notes to 
the financial statements, including a summary of significant accounting 
policies. The financial reporting framework that has been applied in their 
preparation is applicable law and UK-adopted international accounting 
standards and, as regards the parent company financial statements, as 
applied in accordance with the provisions of the Companies Act 2006. 

Based on the work we have performed, we have not identified any material 
uncertainties relating to events or conditions that, individually or collectively, 
may cast significant doubt on the Group’s and the parent company’s ability to 
continue as a going concern for a period of at least twelve months from when 
the financial statements are authorised for issue.

In auditing the financial statements, we have concluded that the Directors’ use 
of the going concern basis of accounting in the preparation of the financial 
statements is appropriate.

The responsibilities of the Directors with respect to going concern are 
described in the ‘Responsibilities of Directors for the financial statements’ 
section of this report.

In our opinion:

Our approach to the audit

  the financial statements give a true and fair view of the state of the 
Group’s and of the parent company’s affairs as at 31 December 2021 and 
of the Group’s profit for the year then ended;

  the Group financial statements have been properly prepared in 
accordance with UK-adopted international accounting standards;

  the parent company financial statements have been properly prepared in 
accordance with UK-adopted international accounting standards and as 
applied in accordance with the provisions of the Companies Act 2006; and 

  the financial statements have been prepared in accordance with the 
requirements of the Companies Act 2006.

Basis for opinion
We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on Auditing 
(UK) (ISAs (UK)) and applicable law. Our responsibilities under those standards 
are further described in the ‘Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the 
financial statements’ section of our report. We are independent of the Group 
and the parent company in accordance with the ethical requirements that are 
relevant to our audit of the financial statements in the UK, including the FRC’s 
Ethical Standard as applied to listed entities, and we have fulfilled our other 
ethical responsibilities in accordance with these requirements. We believe that 
the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a 
basis for our opinion.

Conclusions relating to going concern
We are responsible for concluding on the appropriateness of the Directors’ use 
of the going concern basis of accounting and, based on the audit evidence 
obtained, whether a material uncertainty exists related to events or conditions 
that may cast significant doubt on the Group’s and the parent company’s ability 
to continue as a going concern. If we conclude that a material uncertainty 
exists, we are required to draw attention in our report to the related disclosures 
in the financial statements or, if such disclosures are inadequate, to modify the 
auditor’s opinion. Our conclusions are based on the audit evidence obtained up 
to the date of our report. However, future events or conditions may cause the 
Group or the parent company to cease to continue as a going concern.

A description of our evaluation of management’s assessment of the ability 
to continue to adopt the going concern basis of accounting, and the key 
observations arising with respect to that evaluation is included in the ‘Key audit 
matters’ section of our report.

Overview of our audit approach

Materiality

Key audit
matters

Scoping

Overall materiality:
Group: £645,000, which represents approximately 0.65% of the Group’s 
revenue for the year.

Parent company: £480,000, which represents 1% of the parent company’s 
total assets, restricted to approximately 75% of Group materiality.

Key audit matters were identified as:
  Improper revenue recognition and judgements made on open contracts 
(same as previous year);

  Accuracy of defined benefit pension liabilities (same as previous year);

  Going concern (same as previous year); and

  Impairment of goodwill (Mpac Lambert CGU) (new in the current year)

Our auditor’s report for the year ended 31 December 2020 included one key 
audit matter that has not been reported as a key audit matter in our current 
year’s report. This related to the acquisition accounting of Switchback 
Group, Inc. including the accuracy of intangibles, which was a transaction 
that completed in the previous year and required no audit procedures in the 
current year’s audit.

The Group engagement team carried out an audit of the financial 
information (full scope audit) of certain components in the United Kingdom 
and Netherlands. We issued Group instructions to a component auditor 
in respect of their full scope audit of a component in Canada. The Group 
engagement team performed specific scope procedures over one or more 
classes of transactions, account balances and disclosures of the financial 
information of a component in the United States of America and performed 
analytical procedures over the remaining components in the Group.

The components where we performed full scope and specific scope audit 
procedures represented 86% of consolidated revenue, 93% of consolidated 
total assets and 96% of consolidated profit before tax. 

46 Financial statements25 Corporate governance 
 
 
  Mpac Group plc

Annual Report & Accounts 2021

48

Independent Auditor’s report continued
Independent Auditor’s report continued

Key audit matters
Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgement, were 
of most significance in our audit of the financial statements of the current 
period and include the most significant assessed risks of material misstatement 
(whether or not due to fraud) that we identified. These matters included those 
that had the greatest effect on: the overall audit strategy; the allocation of 
resources in the audit; and directing the efforts of the engagement team. 
These matters were addressed in the context of our audit of the financial 
statements as a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, and we do not 
provide a separate opinion on these matters.

Description

Audit response

Key audit 
matters

Disclosures

Our results

In the graph below, we have presented the key audit matters, significant risks and other risks relevant to the audit.

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

Potential
financial
statement
impact 

High

Low

Management
override of controls  

Improper revenue
recognition and
judgements made
on open contracts

Accuracy
of defined
benefit pension
liabilities

Going concern

Impairment of
goodwill (Mpac
Lambert CGU)

Accuracy of
hedge accounting 

Low

Extent of management judgement

High

Key audit matter

Significant risk

Other risk

25 Corporate governance46 Financial statements 
 
Key audit matter – Group

How our scope addressed the matter – Group

Improper revenue recognition and judgements made on open contracts
We identified improper revenue recognition and judgements made on 
open contracts as one of the most significant assessed risks of material 
misstatement due to fraud and error.

A significant proportion of the revenue of the Group is derived 
through the sale of machinery, recognised through long term contract 
accounting. Long-term contract accounting involves a high degree of 
subjectivity and is susceptible to the risk of material misstatement. 
Contracts that remain open at the year-end are most susceptible to 
manipulation by management where there is an incentive to meet 
performance targets.

Relevant disclosures in the Annual Report and Accounts 2021
  Financial statements: note 1, Revenue and operating segments.

In responding to the key audit matter, we performed the following audit procedures:

  assessed and tested revenue recognition policies to check these are reasonable and 
applied correctly and consistently as part of our sampling on open contracts and the 
related inputs and assumptions;

  for a sample of open contracts, assessed whether the revenue and profit recognised 
were in accordance with the Group’s accounting policies and International Financial 
Reporting Standard (“IFRS”) 15 ‘Revenue from Contracts with Customers’ by agreeing 
inputs to supporting documentation such as contract terms, supplier invoices and 
timesheets and reperforming management’s calculations;

  for the same sample of open contracts, challenged management’s assumptions 
and assertions underpinning their forecast for the contract’s future performance 
with reference to supporting evidence, such as forecasts and post year-end 
contract performance;

  tested the recoverability of contract assets and receivables on our sample of open 
contracts by reference to post year end collection;

  assessed management’s ability to forecast by comparing the forecast margin and 
labour hours at the inception of the contract against the current forecast margin, and 
corroborating any significant movement in margin and labour hours; and 

  examined those contracts identified as being at risk of incurring future losses during 
the remaining life of the contract, and challenging management’s assumptions and 
assertions relating to the future results of those contracts by reference to supporting 
evidence, such as forecasts and post year end contract performance.

Our results
Based on our audit work, we did not identify any improper revenue recognition 
or judgements made on open contracts, and we found that the assumptions 
and judgements used in management’s application of the Group’s open contract 
accounting were appropriate.

Mpac Group plc 

Annual Report & Accounts 2021

49

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

46 Financial statements25 Corporate governance 
 
 
 
  Mpac Group plc

Annual Report & Accounts 2021

50

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

Independent Auditor’s report continued
Independent Auditor’s report continued

Key audit matter – Group

How our scope addressed the matter – Group

Accuracy of defined benefit pension liabilities
We identified the accuracy of defined benefit pension liabilities as one 
of the most significant assessed risks of material misstatement due 
to error.

The Group operates defined benefit pension schemes in the UK and 
US that provide benefits to a number of current and former employees. 
At 31 December 2021, the net defined benefit asset was £33.2 million. 
The total fair (bid) value of scheme assets and present value of defined 
benefit obligations which form the net defined benefit asset amount to 
£463.0 million and £429.8 million respectively.

The valuation of the pension liabilities in accordance with IAS 19 
‘Employee Benefits’ involves significant judgement and is subject to 
complex actuarial assumptions. Small variations in those actuarial 
assumptions can lead to a materially different defined benefit 
pension scheme asset or liability being recognised within the 
Group financial statements.

Relevant disclosures in the Annual Report and Accounts 2021
  Financial statements: note 24, Employee benefits.

Going concern
We identified going concern as one of the most significant assessed 
risks of material misstatement due to fraud and error.

Covid-19 remains a significant global economic event and its effects 
remain subject to unprecedented levels of uncertainty. This could 
adversely impact the future trading performance of the Group including, 
but not limited to, the following factors:

  Decline in future orders;

  Issues with supply chain; and 

  Shutdown of operations.

These factors could have a significantly adverse impact upon the Group’s 
revenues and profit margins derived from contracts with customers.

As such, this increases the extent of judgement and estimation uncertainty 
associated with the Directors’ decision to adopt the going concern basis of 
accounting in the preparation of the financial statements.

Relevant disclosures in the Annual Report and Accounts 2021
  Financial statements: Accounting policies, Going concern.

In responding to the key audit matter, we performed the following audit procedures:

  tested the accuracy and consistency of management’s accounting entries made to the 
financial statements with reference to management’s expert’s year-end valuations;

  evaluated the competence of management’s expert;

  used an internal actuarial expert to inform our challenge of the assumptions used, 
including discount rates, growth rates, mortality rates and the calculation methods 
employed in the calculation of the pension liability;

  tested the accuracy of underlying scheme data used by the Group’s actuary for 
the purpose of calculating the scheme liabilities by agreement to scheme bank 
statements for benefit payments and scheme contributions during the year; and 

  assessed disclosures made in the financial statements to determine compliance 
with IAS 19.

Our results
Based on our audit work, we found the valuation methodologies to be balanced and 
consistent with the expectation of our internal actuarial expert. We consider that the 
Group’s disclosures in note 24 are in accordance with IAS 19. We found no material 
errors in the calculations we tested.

In responding to the key audit matter, we performed the following audit procedures:

  obtained management’s base case forecasts and calculations covering the period to 
December 2023. We assessed how these forecasts were compiled and challenged 
the accuracy of management’s forecasts, including the continued effects arising from 
macro-economic uncertainties such as Brexit and Covid-19 on global supply chains;

  tested the accuracy of the orderbook used in management’s base case forecast and 
corroborated a sample of orders to supporting contracts or other proof of order;

  assessed the reliability of management’s forecasting by comparing the accuracy of 
actual financial performance to forecast information obtained in the prior year;

  performed sensitivity analysis on key inputs to determine the impact of reasonably 
possible changes in assumptions;

  evaluated and challenged the assumptions applied in management’s most severe 
downside scenario, primarily including a removal of non-orderbook revenues covering 
the period to December 2023. We corroborated management’s explanations to 
relevant documentation; and

  assessed the adequacy of the going concern disclosures included within the 
Accounting Policies section of the Financial Statements.

Our results
We have nothing to report in addition to that stated in the ‘Conclusions relating to going 
concern’ section of our report.

25 Corporate governance46 Financial statements 
 
 
Key audit matter – Group

How our scope addressed the matter – Group

Impairment of goodwill (Mpac Lambert CGU)
We identified impairment of goodwill (Mpac Lambert CGU) as one of the 
most significant assessed risks of material misstatement due to error.

The process for assessing whether an impairment exists under 
International Accounting Standard (IAS) 36 ‘Impairment of Assets’ 
is complex. When carrying out the goodwill impairment review, 
determining the recoverable amount for the smallest identifiable part of 
the entity (cash-generating unit (“CGU”)) requires management to make 
judgements over several key inputs in the models for predicting future 
revenue levels (discounted cash flow models).

Due to the high level of estimation uncertainty present in the 
impairment test and the sensitivity of the related assumptions in 
management’s model, we therefore identified the valuation of goodwill 
in relation to the Mpac Lambert CGU as a significant risk.

Relevant disclosures in the Annual Report and Accounts 2021
  Financial statements: note 12, Intangible Assets.

In responding to the key audit matter, we performed the following audit procedures:

  obtained management’s impairment paper and impairment workings and critically 
assessed management’s assessment of cash generating units;

  tested that the methodology applied in the value in use calculation is in accordance 
with the requirements of IAS 36; 

  tested the mathematical accuracy of management’s model, the calculation of the 
discount rate and the key underlying assumptions such as revenue growth, margin 
trends, capital expenditure and working capital requirements for the financial year 
2022 budget (‘FY22’);

  challenged management on their 2022-2024 cash flow forecast and orderbook 
expectations and corroborated to relevant evidence such as external market data to 
support key assumptions;

  used our auditor expert to assess the appropriateness of management’s assumptions 
used in calculating the discount rates used in the value in use calculation;

  assessed the appropriateness management’s medium and long term growth rates 
used in the forecast including comparison to economic and industry forecasts 
where appropriate;

  performed a sensitivity analysis in respect of the key assumptions, such as discount 
and growth rates, to consider the level of headroom in management’s calculation; and

  tested the accuracy and sufficiency of management’s accounts disclosures in 
respect of goodwill and associated testing for impairment.

Our results
Based on our audit procedures, including our challenge of management, we did not 
identify any material misstatement relating to impairment of goodwill in respect of the 
Mpac Lambert CGU.

Management concluded that amendments were required to their impairment 
review having considered our audit findings in relation to their application of IAS 36. 
Management also concluded that additional disclosures were required in respect 
of sensitivities.

Mpac Group plc 

Annual Report & Accounts 2021

51

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

46 Financial statements25 Corporate governance 
 
 
 
 
  Mpac Group plc

Annual Report & Accounts 2021

52

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

Independent Auditor’s report continued
Independent Auditor’s report continued

Our application of materiality
We apply the concept of materiality both in planning and performing the audit, and in evaluating the effect of identified misstatements on the audit and of 
uncorrected misstatements, if any, on the financial statements and in forming the opinion in the auditor’s report.

Materiality was determined as follows:

Materiality measure

Group

Parent company

Materiality for financial statements as a whole We define materiality as the magnitude of misstatement in the financial statements that, individually or in the 

aggregate, could reasonably be expected to influence the economic decisions of the users of these financial 
statements. We use materiality in determining the nature, timing and extent of our audit work.

Materiality threshold

£645,000, which is approximately 0.65% of the 
Group’s revenue.

£480,000, which is 1% of the parent company’s total 
assets, restricted to its component materiality, being 
approximately 75% of Group materiality.

Significant judgements made by auditor in 
determining the materiality

In determining materiality, we made the following 
significant judgements:

In determining materiality, we made the following 
significant judgement:

  This benchmark is considered the most appropriate 
as we consider that it reflects the Company’s status 
as a non-trading holding company.

Materiality for the current year is higher than the level 
that we determined for the year ended 31 December 
2020 to reflect the increase in Group materiality in the 
current year.

  Revenue is a key performance indicator for the 
Group and is a key area of focus for stakeholders;

  The development of the Group’s strategy and 
operations into the clean energy sector indicated 
that revenue was a more suitable materiality 
benchmark compared to underlying profit before 
tax used in the prior year, as management focus on 
growing revenue in these new markets;

  Revenue was identified as the primary benchmark 
and key performance indicator highlighted in our 
analysis of comparator businesses in the wider 
industrial engineering sector; and

  The measurement percentage we applied to 
the revenue benchmark was at the lower end of 
the range applied by the auditor to the revenue 
balance of comparator businesses in the industrial 
engineering sector to moderate the change in 
materiality used in the current year’s audit.

Materiality for the current year is higher than the level 
that we determined for the year ended 31 December 
2020 to reflect the change in applicable benchmark 
explained above and the increase in the Group’s activity 
(both revenue and profit before tax) in the current year.

25 Corporate governance46 Financial statements 
 
Materiality measure

Group

Parent company

Performance materiality used to drive 
the extent of our testing

We set performance materiality at an amount less than materiality for the financial statements as a whole 
to reduce to an appropriately low level the probability that the aggregate of uncorrected and undetected 
misstatements exceeds materiality for the financial statements as a whole.

Performance materiality threshold

£480,000, which is approximately 75% of financial 
statement materiality.

£360,000, which is approximately 75% of financial 
statement materiality.

Significant judgements made by auditor in 
determining the performance materiality

In determining to maintain the percentage of 
performance materiality at the same level as the prior 
year, we made the following significant judgements: 

In determining to maintain the percentage of 
performance materiality at the same level as the prior 
year, we made the following significant judgements:

Specific materiality

  the Group has no prior year going concern issues;

  the Company has no prior year going concern issues;

  the Group has a stable control environment; and

  the Company has a stable control environment; and

  few misstatements (corrected and uncorrected) 
were identified in the prior year audit.

  few misstatements (corrected and uncorrected) were 
identified in the prior year audit.

We determine specific materiality for one or more particular classes of transactions, account balances or 
disclosures for which misstatements of lesser amounts than materiality for the financial statements as a whole 
could reasonably be expected to influence the economic decisions of users taken on the basis of the financial 
statements.

Specific materiality

We determined a lower level of specific materiality for 
the following areas:

We determined a lower level of specific materiality for 
the following areas:

Communication of misstatements to the 
Audit Committee

Threshold for communication

  Directors’ remuneration;

  Directors’ remuneration; and

  Related party transactions outside of the normal 
course of business; and

  Related party transactions outside of the normal 
course of business.

  Items reported as ‘non-underlying’ in the 
consolidated income statement.

We determine a threshold for reporting unadjusted differences to the Audit Committee.

£32,500 and misstatements below that threshold that, 
in our view, warrant reporting on qualitative grounds.

£24,000 and misstatements below that threshold that, 
in our view, warrant reporting on qualitative grounds.

Mpac Group plc 

Annual Report & Accounts 2021

53

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

46 Financial statements25 Corporate governance 
 
 
  Mpac Group plc

Annual Report & Accounts 2021

54

Independent Auditor’s report continued
Independent Auditor’s report continued

The graph below illustrates how performance materiality interacts with our overall materiality and the tolerance for potential uncorrected misstatements.

Overall materiality – Group

Overall materiality – Parent company

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

Revenue
£98.0m

FSM
£0.65m
c.0.65%

PM
£0.48m
75%

TFPUM
£0.17m
25%

Total assets
£100.9m

FSM
£0.48m
0.5%

PM
£0.36m
75%

TFPUM
£0.12m
25%

FSM: Financial statements materiality, PM: Performance materiality, TFPUM: Tolerance for potential uncorrected misstatements

An overview of the scope of our audit
We performed a risk-based audit that requires an understanding of the Group’s 
and the parent company’s business and in particular matters related to:

Understanding the Group, its components, and their environments, 
including Group-wide controls
The Group’s accounting process is primarily resourced through a central 
function within the United Kingdom, with local finance functions in Canada, 
the Netherlands, the United States of America, Singapore and the United 
Kingdom. Each local finance function reports into the central Group finance 
function based at the Group’s head office. The engagement team obtained an 
understanding of the Group and its environment, including Group-wide controls, 
and assessed the risks of material misstatement at the Group level.

We documented our understanding of the Group’s processes and controls over 
the following areas of identified audit risk and performed walkthroughs on these 
controls to confirm they are designed effectively:

  Improper revenue recognition and judgements made on open contracts;

  Accuracy of defined benefit pension liabilities;

  Going concern;

  Management override of controls; and

  Impairment of goodwill (Mpac Lambert CGU).

Identifying significant components
Component significance was determined based on their relative share of key 
Group financial metrics including revenue, underlying profit before tax and total 
assets. For significant components requiring a full scope audit approach, we 
or the component auditors obtained an understanding of the relevant controls 
over the entity-specific financial reporting systems identified as well as the 
centralised financial reporting system as part of our risk assessment.

Type of work to be performed on financial information of parent and other 
components (including how it addressed the key audit matters)

For all significant risks and key audit matters identified, the Group engagement 
team or component auditor obtained an understanding of the relevant controls 
that management have implemented over the related processes.

For components classified as “individually financially significant to the Group”, 
an audit of the financial information of the component using component 
materiality (full-scope audit) was performed. We also considered whether any 
components were likely to include significant risks of material misstatement to 
the Group financial statements due to their specific nature or circumstances. 
No such components were identified in the current year.

Performance of our audit
In order to address the audit risks identified during our planning procedures 
the audit of the financial information of each of the following components was 
completed by the Group engagement team using component materiality (full 
scope audit):

  Mpac Group plc (United Kingdom);

  Mpac Lambert Limited (United Kingdom); and

  Mpac Langen B.V. (the Netherlands).

25 Corporate governance46 Financial statements 
 
Mpac Group plc 

Annual Report & Accounts 2021

55

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

We issued Group instructions to a component auditor in respect of their full 
scope audit of Mpac Langen, Inc. (Canada).

The Group engagement team performed specific scope procedures over one or 
more classes of transactions, account balances and disclosures of the financial 
information of Mpac Switchback Inc. (United States of America).

The financial information of the remaining operations of the Group in Singapore 
and the United Kingdom were subjected to analytical procedures carried 
out by the Group engagement team with a focus on areas with significant 
management judgement or estimation uncertainty such as revenue recognition 
and judgements made on open contracts and management override of 
controls, or where quantitatively significant to the Group’s balances.

The Group engagement team and component auditor performed audit 
procedures in respect of certain classes of transactions and account balances 
prior to the year end. Alongside these audit procedures, we evaluated the 
Group’s internal control environment including both general and IT-based 
systems and controls.

The Group engagement team visited the significant components in the United 
Kingdom but due to the restrictions imposed due to Covid-19, the work on 
overseas components was performed remotely. Due to the travel restrictions 
in place, we were not able to meet the component auditors in person, however 
we held detailed discussions with the component audit teams, including remote 
reviews of the work performed, update calls on the progress of their fieldwork 
and by attending the component audit clearance meetings with component 
management via video call.

Our full-scope and specific-scope audit procedures provided coverage of 86% 
of the Group’s consolidated revenue, 96% of the Group’s consolidated profit 
before tax and 93% of the Group’s consolidated total assets.

Audit approach

Full-scope audit

Specific-scope audit

Analytical procedures

Number of 
components

Coverage of 
revenue

Coverage of 
profit before 
taxation

4

1

3

84%

2%

14%

83%

13%

4%

Communications with component auditors
Detailed audit instructions were issued to the component auditors of the 
significant reporting components where a full scope approach had been 
determined to be required, except for those significant components where the 
component audit engagement leader was also part of the Group audit team. 
The instructions highlighted the significant risks to be addressed through the 
audit procedures and detailed the information that were required to be reported 
to the Group engagement team. 

The Group engagement team conducted a review of the work performed by the 
component auditor, and communicated with the component auditor throughout 
the planning, fieldwork and concluding stages of the Group audit. 

Key working papers were prepared by the Group engagement team summarising 
the Group engagement team’s review of component auditor files, except for 
those components where the component audit engagement leader was also part 
of the Group engagement team, in which situation, the Group audit engagement 
leader reviewed key component audit working papers directly.

Changes in approach from previous year
The scope of the current year’s audit was similar to that in the prior year, other 
than to add unpredictability to our Group scoping and risk assessment. The 
Group engagement team carried out different audit procedures compared to 
the prior year in respect of a component in the United States of America.

Other information
The Directors are responsible for the other information. The other information 
comprises the information included in the Annual Report and Accounts 2021, 
other than the financial statements and our auditor’s report thereon. Our 
opinion on the financial statements does not cover the other information and, 
except to the extent otherwise explicitly stated in our report, we do not express 
any form of assurance conclusion thereon. 

In connection with our audit of the financial statements, our responsibility 
is to read the other information and, in doing so, consider whether the 
other information is materially inconsistent with the financial statements or 
our knowledge obtained in the audit or otherwise appears to be materially 
misstated. If we identify such material inconsistencies or apparent material 
misstatements, we are required to determine whether there is a material 
misstatement in the financial statements or a material misstatement of the 
other information. If, based on the work we have performed, we conclude that 
there is a material misstatement of this other information, we are required to 
report that fact. 

We have nothing to report in this regard.

Our opinion on other matters prescribed by the Companies Act 2006 
is unmodified
In our opinion, based on the work undertaken in the course of the audit:

  the information given in the strategic report and the Directors’ report 
for the financial year for which the financial statements are prepared is 
consistent with the financial statements; and

  the strategic report and the Directors’ report have been prepared in 
accordance with applicable legal requirements.

Matter on which we are required to report under the Companies Act 2006
In the light of the knowledge and understanding of the Group and the parent 
company and its environment obtained in the course of the audit, we have not 
identified material misstatements in the strategic report or the Directors’ report.

46 Financial statements25 Corporate governance 
 
 
  Mpac Group plc

Annual Report & Accounts 2021

56

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

Independent Auditor’s report continued
Independent Auditor’s report continued

Matters on which we are required to report by exception
We have nothing to report in respect of the following matters in relation to 
which the Companies Act 2006 requires us to report to you if, in our opinion:

  adequate accounting records have not been kept by the parent company, 
or returns adequate for our audit have not been received from branches not 
visited by us; or

  the parent company financial statements are not in agreement with the 
accounting records and returns; or

Explanation as to what extent the audit was considered capable of detecting 
irregularities, including fraud
Irregularities, including fraud, are instances of non-compliance with laws and 
regulations. We design procedures in line with our responsibilities, outlined 
above, to detect material misstatements in respect of irregularities, including 
fraud. Owing to the inherent limitations of an audit, there is an unavoidable risk 
that material misstatements in the financial statements may not be detected, 
even though the audit is properly planned and performed in accordance with 
ISAs (UK). 

  certain disclosures of Directors’ remuneration specified by law are not made; or

  we have not received all the information and explanations we require for our audit. 

The extent to which our procedures are capable of detecting irregularities, 
including fraud, is detailed below: 

Responsibilities of Directors for the financial statements
As explained more fully in the statement of Directors’ responsibilities, the 
Directors are responsible for the preparation of the financial statements and 
for being satisfied that they give a true and fair view, and for such internal 
control as the Directors determine is necessary to enable the preparation of 
financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due 
to fraud or error.

In preparing the financial statements, the Directors are responsible for 
assessing the Group’s and the parent company’s ability to continue as a going 
concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going concern and using 
the going concern basis of accounting unless the Directors either intend to 
liquidate the Group or the parent company or to cease operations, or have no 
realistic alternative but to do so.

Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements
Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial 
statements as a whole are free from material misstatement, whether due 
to fraud or error, and to issue an auditor’s report that includes our opinion. 
Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance but is not a guarantee that 
an audit conducted in accordance with ISAs (UK) will always detect a material 
misstatement when it exists. Misstatements can arise from fraud or error 
and are considered material if, individually or in the aggregate, they could 
reasonably be expected to influence the economic decisions of users taken on 
the basis of these financial statements.

A further description of our responsibilities for the audit of the financial 
statements is located on the Financial Reporting Council’s website at: 
www.frc.org.uk/auditorsresponsibilities. This description forms part of our 
auditor’s report.

  We determined the most significant legal and regulatory frameworks which 
are directly relevant to specific assertions in the financial statements are 
those related to the reporting framework, including UK-adopted international 
accounting standards, the AIM Rules for Companies, the Companies Act 
2006 and the relevant taxation regulations in the jurisdictions in which the 
parent company and Group operate. 

  We obtained an understanding of how the parent company and the Group are 
complying with those legal and regulatory frameworks by making inquiries 
of management, those responsible for legal and compliance procedures, and 
the company secretary. We corroborated our inquiries through our review of 
Board minutes.

  We assessed the susceptibility of the parent company’s and the Group’s 
financial statements to material misstatement, including how fraud might 
occur, by considering management’s incentives and opportunities for 
manipulation of the financial statements. This included the evaluation of the 
risk of management override of controls. We determined that the principal 
risks were in relation to the estimation and judgemental areas with a risk 
of fraud, including potential management bias, of revenue recognition and 
judgements on open contracts and through management override of controls.

  Our audit procedures included:

•  Making enquiries of management concerning the parent company’s and the 
Group’s policies and procedures relating to the identification, evaluation and 
compliance with laws and regulations; the detection and response to the 
risks of fraud; and the establishment of internal controls to mitigate risks 
related to fraud or non-compliance with laws and regulations. 

•  We also enquired with management and those charged with governance 
whether they were aware of any instances of non-compliance with laws 
and regulations, and whether they had any knowledge of actual, suspected, 
or alleged fraud. We corroborated the results of our enquires to relevant 
supporting documentation.

25 Corporate governance46 Financial statements 
 
  Communications within the audit team in respect of potential non-compliance 
with laws and regulations and fraud included the potential for fraud in relation 
to the estimation and judgemental areas with a risk of fraud, including potential 
management bias, revenue recognition and judgements on open contracts, 
which we identified as a key audit matter, and through management override of 
controls in the preparation of the financial statements.

  For components at which audit procedures were performed, we requested 
component auditors to report to us instances of non-compliance with laws 
and regulations that gave rise to a risk of material misstatement of the Group 
financial statements. 

Use of our report
This report is made solely to the company’s members, as a body, in accordance 
with Chapter 3 of Part 16 of the Companies Act 2006. Our audit work has 
been undertaken so that we might state to the company’s members those 
matters we are required to state to them in an auditor’s report and for no other 
purpose. To the fullest extent permitted by law, we do not accept or assume 
responsibility to anyone other than the company and the company’s members 
as a body, for our audit work, for this report, or for the opinions we have formed.

Rebecca Eagle 
Senior Statutory Auditor 
for and on behalf of Grant Thornton UK LLP 
Statutory Auditor, Chartered Accountants 
Birmingham

16 March 2022

Mpac Group plc 

Annual Report & Accounts 2021

57

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

•  Gaining an understanding of the controls that management has in place to 

prevent and detect fraud.

•  Challenging significant accounting assumptions, estimates and judgements 

made by management, including those relevant to the estimation and 
judgemental areas with a risk of fraud, including potential management 
bias, of revenue recognition and judgements on open contracts.

•  Journal entry testing, with a focus on journals indicating large or unusual 
transactions or account combinations based on our understanding of the 
business and those posted directly to the financial statements that related 
to revenue.

•  Obtaining an understanding of and testing significant identified related 

party transactions.

•  Performing audit procedures to consider the compliance of disclosures 

in the financial statements with the applicable financial reporting 
framework requirements.

•  For components at which audit procedures were performed by the 

component auditor, we requested the component auditor to report to us 
instances of non-compliance with laws and regulations that gave rise to a 
risk of material misstatement of the Group financial statements. 

  These audit procedures were designed to provide reasonable assurance 
that the financial statements were free from fraud or error. The risk of not 
detecting a material misstatement due to fraud is higher than the risk of not 
detecting one resulting from error and detecting irregularities that result from 
fraud is inherently more difficult than detecting those that result from error, 
as fraud may involve collusion, deliberate concealment, forgery or intentional 
misrepresentations. Also, the further removed non-compliance with laws 
and regulations is from events and transactions reflected in the financial 
statements, the less likely we would become aware of it. 

  The engagement partner’s assessment of the appropriateness of the 
collective competence and capabilities of the engagement team included 
consideration of the engagement team’s:

•  Understanding of, and practical experience with, audit engagements 
of a similar nature and complexity through appropriate training and 
participation;

•  Knowledge of the industry in which the parent company and the Group 

operate; and

•  Understanding of the legal and regulatory requirements specific to the 

parent company and the Group.

46 Financial statements25 Corporate governance 
 
 
  Mpac Group plc

Annual Report & Accounts 2021

Consolidated income statement
for the year ended 31 December 2021

58

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

Note

1

3

4,5

Revenue
Cost of sales
Gross profit
Distribution expenses
Administrative expenses
Other operating expenses
Operating profit/(loss)
Financial income
Financial expenses
Net financing income/(expense)
Profit/(loss) before tax
Taxation
Profit/(loss) for the period
Earnings/(loss) per ordinary share
Basic
Diluted
* See note 34 for further details of the prior year restatement.

1,4

11

11

9

8

8

Underlying 
£m
94.3
(65.4)
28.9
(6.8)
(12.4)
(0.9)
8.8
–
(0.2)
(0.2)
8.6
(0.7)
7.9

2021

Non-underlying 
£m
–
–
–
–
(0.5)
–
(0.5)
0.2
(0.1)
0.1
(0.4)
0.3
(0.1)

Underlying 
£m
83.7
(59.4)
24.3
(6.8)
(9.9)
(1.1)
6.5
–
(0.2)
(0.2)
6.3
–
6.3

2020 Restated*

Non-underlying 
£m
–
–
–
–
(3.6)
–
(3.6)
0.3
(0.1)
0.2
(3.4)
1.3
(2.1)

Total 
£m
94.3
(65.4)
28.9
(6.8)
(12.9)
(0.9)
8.3
0.2
(0.3)
(0.1)
8.2
(0.4)
7.8

39.1p
38.1p

Total 
£m
83.7
(59.4)
24.3
(6.8)
(13.5)
(1.1)
2.9
0.3
(0.3)
–
2.9
1.3
4.2

20.8p
20.7p

25 Corporate governance46 Financial statements 
 
Statement of comprehensive income
for the year ended 31 December 2021

Profit/(loss) for the period
Other comprehensive income/(expense)

Items that will not be reclassified to profit or loss
Actuarial gains/(losses)
Tax on items that will not be reclassified to profit or loss

Items that may be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss
Currency translation movements arising on foreign currency net investments
Effective portion of changes in fair value of cash flow hedges
Reclassified to income statement from hedge reserve

Other comprehensive income/(expense) for the period
Total comprehensive income/(expense) for the period
* See note 34 for further details of the prior year restatement.

Note

24

9

26

26

Group

2021 
£m
7.8

2020 Restated* 
£m
4.2

20.7
(7.9)
12.8

 (0.2)
(1.0)
(0.3)
(1.5)
11.3
19.1

(8.8)
2.2
(6.6)

(0.5)
0.8
(0.3)
–
(6.6)
(2.4)

Mpac Group plc 

Annual Report & Accounts 2021

59

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

46 Financial statements25 Corporate governance 
 
 
  Mpac Group plc

Annual Report & Accounts 2021

Statements of changes in equity
for the year ended 31 December 2021

60

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

Balance at 1 January 2020 on previous basis
Impact of restatement (Note 34)
Balance at 1 January 2020 (restated)
Profit for the period
Other comprehensive (expense)/ 
income for the period
Total comprehensive (expense)/ 
income for the period
Equity-settled share-based transactions
Purchase of own shares
Total transactions with owners, 
recorded directly in equity
Balance at 31 December 2020 on previous basis
Impact of restatement (Note 34)
Balance at 31 December 2020 (restated)
Profit for the period
Other comprehensive (expense)/ 
income for the period
Total comprehensive (expense)/ 
income for the period
Equity-settled share-based transactions
Purchase of own shares
Total transactions with owners, 
recorded directly in equity
Balance at 31 December 2021

Note

24

24

25

Share 
capital 
£m
5.0
–
5.0
–

Share 
premium 
£m
26.0
–
26.0
–

Translation  
reserve 
£m
1.0
–
1.0
–

Group

Capital  
redemption  
reserve 
£m
3.9
–
3.9
–

Hedging  
reserve 
£m
0.3
–
0.3
–

Retained  
earnings 
£m
11.3
0.9
12.2
4.2

–

–
–
–

–
5.0
–
5.0
–

–

–
–
–

–
5.0

–

–
–
–

–
26.0
–
26.0
–

–

–
–
–

–
26.0

(0.5)

(0.5)
–
–

–
0.5
–
0.5
–

(0.2)

(0.2)
–
–

–
0.3

–

–
–
–

–
3.9
–
3.9
–

–

–
–
–

–
3.9

0.5

0.5
–
–

–
0.8
–
0.8
–

(1.3)

(1.3)
–
–

–
(0.5)

(6.6)

(2.4)
0.4
(0.2)

0.2
8.2
1.8
10.0
7.8

12.8

20.6
0.3
(0.2)

0.1
30.7

Total  
equity 
£m
47.5
0.9
48.4
4.2

(6.6)

(2.4)
0.4
(0.2)

0.2
44.4
1.8
46.2
7.8

11.3

19.1
0.3
(0.2)

0.1
65.4

25 Corporate governance46 Financial statements 
 
Balance at 1 January 2020
Loss for the period
Other comprehensive (expense)/ 
income for the period
Total comprehensive (expense)/ 
income for the period
Equity-settled share-based transactions
Purchase of own shares
Total transactions with owners, 
recorded directly in equity
Balance at 31 December 2020
Profit for the period
Other comprehensive (expense)/ 
income for the period
Total comprehensive (expense)/ 
income for the period
Equity-settled share-based transactions
Purchase of own shares
Total transactions with owners, 
recorded directly in equity
Balance at 31 December 2021

Note

24

24

25

Share 
capital 
£m
5.0
–

Share 
premium 
£m
26.0
–

Translation  
reserve 
£m
–
–

Company

Capital  
redemption  
reserve 
£m
3.9
–

Hedging  
reserve 
£m
–
–

Retained  
earnings 
£m
27.9
(2.1)

–

–
–
–

–
5.0
–

–

–
–
–

–
5.0

–

–
–
–

–
26.0
–

–

–
–
–

–
26.0

–

–
–
–

–
–
–

–

–
–
–

–
–

–

–
–
–

–
3.9
–

–

–
–
–

–
3.9

–

–
–
–

–
–
–

–

–
–
–

–
–

(6.3)

(8.4)
0.4
(0.2)

0.2
19.7
2.4

12.3

14.7
0.3
(0.2)

0.1
34.5

Total  
equity 
£m
62.8
(2.1)

(6.3)

(8.4)
0.4
(0.2)

0.2
54.6
2.4

12.3

14.7
0.3
(0.2)

0.1
69.4

Mpac Group plc 

Annual Report & Accounts 2021

61

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

46 Financial statements25 Corporate governance 
 
 
  Mpac Group plc

Annual Report & Accounts 2021

Statements of financial position
as at 31 December 2021

62

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

Non-current assets
Intangible assets
Property, plant and equipment
Investment property
Right-of-use assets
Investments
Amounts owed by group undertakings
Employee benefits
Deferred tax assets 

Current assets
Inventories
Trade and other receivables
Current tax assets
Cash and cash equivalents

Current liabilities
Lease liabilities
Trade and other payables
Current tax liabilities
Provisions

Net current assets/(liabilities)
Total assets less current liabilities
Non-current liabilities
Interest-bearing loans and borrowings 
Employee benefits
Deferred tax liabilities
Lease liabilities
Deferred contingent consideration

Net assets

Equity
Issued capital
Share premium
Reserves
Retained earnings
Total equity
* See note 34 for further details of the prior year restatement.

Note

12

13

14

27

15

15

24

16 

17 

19

10

21

27

22

10

23

20 

24

16

27

30

1

25

Group

2020 
Restated* 
£m

2019 
Restated* 
£m

27.4
5.1
0.8
4.0
–
–
14.0
1.7
53.0

3.5
32.2
0.8
15.5
52.0

(0.8)
(41.1)
(0.4)
(1.4)
(43.7)
8.3
61.3

(0.9)
(3.0)
(4.9)
(3.4)
(2.9)
(15.1)
46.2

5.0
26.0
5.2
10.0
46.2

16.9
5.6
0.8
4.7
–
–
20.4
1.7
50.1

3.2
28.0
0.4
18.9
50.5

(0.9)
(30.9)
(0.7)
(1.3)
(33.8)
16.7
66.8

(0.9)
(3.1)
(7.9)
(3.9)
(2.6)
(18.4)
48.4

5.0
26.0
5.2
12.2
48.4

2021 
£m

25.3
4.0
0.8
5.8
–
–
35.7
1.4
73.0

5.5
34.5
0.6
14.5
55.1

(1.8)
(39.5)
(0.7)
(0.6)
(42.6)
12.5
85.5

(0.9)
(2.5)
(12.5)
(4.2)
–
(20.1)
65.4

5.0
26.0
3.7
30.7
65.4

Company

2021 
£m

1.3
0.2
0.8
–
63.8
14.2
35.7
–
116.0

–
4.7
–
4.0
8.7

–
(41.9)
–
–
(41.9)
(33.2)
82.8

(0.9)
–
(12.5)
–
–
(13.4)
69.4

5.0
26.0
3.9
34.5
69.4

2020 
£m

1.7
1.6
0.8
–
63.8
11.0
14.0
–
92.9

–
4.6
–
3.4
8.0

–
(38.1)
–
–
(38.1)
(30.1)
62.8

(0.9)
–
(4.9)
–
(2.4)
(8.2)
54.6

5.0
26.0
3.9
19.7
54.6

The parent company has taken the exemption conferred by s.408 of the Companies Act 2006 not to publish the income statement of the parent company with 
these consolidated accounts. The parent company profit for the year was £2.4m (2020: £2.1m loss). These financial statements were approved by the Directors on 
16 March 2022 and signed on their behalf by:

Tony Steels 
Director

Registered number: 124855

Will Wilkins 
Director

25 Corporate governance46 Financial statements 
 
Statements of cash flow
for the year ended 31 December 2021

Operating activities
Operating profit/(loss) 
Non-underlying items included in operating profit
Amortisation of internally developed intangible assets
Depreciation
Profit on sale of property, plant and equipment
Other non-cash items
Pension payments
Working capital movements:
– (increase)/decrease in inventories
– increase in contract assets
– decrease/(increase) in trade and other receivables
– (decrease)/increase in trade and other payables
– (decrease)/increase in provisions
– (decrease)/increase in contract liabilities
Cash flows from continuing operations before reorganisation
Acquisition and reorganisation costs paid
Cash flows from operations
Taxation (paid)/received

Cash flows from/(used in) operating activities
Investing activities
Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment 
Capitalised development expenditure
Acquisition of property, plant and equipment
Net cash flow on acquisition
Loans to subsidiaries
Payment of deferred consideration
Cash flows used in investing activities

Financing activities
Interest paid
Purchase of own shares

Principal elements of lease payments
Cash flows used in financing activities
Net (decrease)/increase in cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents at 1 January
Effect of exchange rate fluctuations on cash held
Cash and cash equivalents at 31 December

Note

5

12

13,27

13

24

12

13

21

Group

2021 
£m

8.3
0.5
0.6
1.8
0.1
0.3
(2.6)

(2.2)
(4.4)
1.0
(1.1)
(0.8)
(0.7)
0.8
(0.3)
0.5
(0.1)

0.4

2.0
(0.2)
(1.5)
–
–
(0.6)
(0.3)

(0.3)
(0.2)
(0.9)
(1.4)
(1.3)
15.5
0.3
14.5

2020 
£m

2.9
3.6
0.3
1.1
–
0.4
(3.0)

0.2
(1.7)
(0.6)
4.1
0.1
5.4
12.8
(0.9)
11.9
(0.7)

11.2

0.2
(1.8)
(1.2)
(9.8)
–
(0.5)
(13.1)

(0.2)
(0.2)

(0.9)
(1.3)
(3.2)
18.9
(0.2)
15.5

Company

2021 
£m

1.6
(1.5)
0.4
0.1
–
0.3
(2.3)

–
–
–
3.7
–
–
2.3
(0.2)
2.1
–

2.1

1.8
–
(0.1)
–
(3.0)
–
(1.3)

–
(0.2)
–
(0.2)
0.6
3.4
–
4.0

2020 
£m

(0.7)
0.9
0.1
0.1
–
0.4
(2.7)

–
–
(1.6)
11.7
–
–
8.2
(0.1)
8.1
0.1

8.2

0.1
(1.2)
(0.1)
–
(11.7)
(0.5)
(13.4)

(0.1)
(0.2)

–
(0.3)
(5.5)
8.9
–
3.4

Mpac Group plc 

Annual Report & Accounts 2021

63

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

46 Financial statements25 Corporate governance 
 
 
  Mpac Group plc

Annual Report & Accounts 2021

64

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

Accounting policies

The significant accounting policies as set out below apply to both the Group 
and Company financial statements, as appropriate.

Basis of accounting
Mpac Group plc (the ”Company”) is a company incorporated and domiciled in 
the UK. The Group financial statements consolidate those of the Company and 
its subsidiaries (together referred to as the Group).

The financial reporting framework that has been applied in the preparation 
of the financial statements is applicable law and UK-adopted international 
accounting standards and, as regards the Parent Company financial 
statements, as applied in accordance with the provisions of the Companies 
Act 2006.

The financial statements have been prepared on the historical cost basis except 
that derivative financial instruments, principally forward foreign exchange 
contracts, are stated at fair value and non-current assets are stated at the lower 
of previous carrying amount and fair value less costs to sell.

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with international 
accounting standards requires the Directors to make judgements, estimates 
and assumptions that affect the application of policies and reported amounts 
of assets, liabilities, income and expenses. The estimates and assumptions are 
based on historical experience and other factors considered reasonable at the 
time, but actual results may differ from these estimates. Revisions to these 
estimates are made in the period in which they are recognised.

The accounting policies, presentation and methods of computation applied 
by the Group and Company in these financial statements are in the main 
consistent with those applied in the 2020 financial statements. No new 
accounting standards have been adopted in the year. A number of amendments 
to accounting standards became effective during the period, but did not have 
a material impact on the Group’s accounting policies.

IFRS 16 Leases
The Group leases various factories, equipment and cars. Rental contracts are 
typically made for fixed periods of three to five years for equipment and 10-
20 years for properties. These may have extension options. Lease terms are 
negotiated on an individual basis and contain a wide range of different terms 
and conditions. The lease agreements do not impose any covenants, but leased 
assets may not be used as security for borrowing purposes. An assessment of 
how likely it is for the option to extend the lease to be exercised is performed 
and if it is determined that the lessee is reasonably certain to exercise the 
option then the term covered by the option is included in the lease term.

Leases are recognised as a right-of-use asset and a corresponding liability 
at the lease commencement date. Each lease payment is allocated between 
the liability and finance cost. The finance cost is charged to profit or loss over 
the lease period so as to produce a constant periodic rate of interest on the 
remaining balance of the liability for each period. The right-of-use asset is 
depreciated over the shorter of the asset’s useful life and the lease term on a 
straight-line basis.

IFRS 16 requires the capital element of the leases to be disclosed as a financing 
cost, with the amortisation of the assets being treated as a non-cash item.

Assets and liabilities arising from a lease are initially measured on a present 
value basis. Lease liabilities include the net present value of the following lease 
payments (where they exist within a lease):

  fixed payments (including in-substance fixed payments), less any lease 
incentives receivable;

  variable lease payments that are based on an index or a rate;

  amounts expected to be payable by the lessee under residual value 
guarantees;

  the exercise price of a purchase option if the lessee is reasonably certain to 
exercise that option; and

  payments of penalties for terminating the lease, if the lease term reflects the 
lessee exercising that option.

The lease payments are discounted using the interest rate implicit in the lease. 
If that rate cannot be determined, the lessee’s incremental borrowing rate is 
used, being the rate that the lessee would have to pay to borrow the funds 
necessary to obtain an asset of similar value in a similar economic environment 
with similar terms and conditions.

Right-of-use assets are measured at cost, comprising the following:

  the amount of the initial measurement of lease liability;

  any lease payments made at or before the commencement date less any 
lease incentives received;

  any initial direct costs; and

  restoration costs.

Payments associated with short-term leases and leases of low-value assets 
are recognised on a straight-line basis as an expense in profit or loss. Short-
term leases are leases with a lease term of 12 months or less. Low-value assets 
comprise small items of workshop equipment, office furniture and machines.

Derivative financial instruments
The Group’s derivative financial instruments are measured at fair value and are 
summarised below.

The Group uses forward foreign exchange contracts to mitigate exchange rate 
exposure arising from forecast trade receivables in currencies other than the 
functional currency of the operating entity.

Hedge effectiveness is determined at inception of the hedge relationship and 
at every reporting year end through the assessment of the hedged items and 
hedging instrument to determine whether there is still an economic relationship 
between the two.

The critical terms of the foreign currency forwards entered into exactly match 
the terms of the hedged item.

Hedge ineffectiveness may arise if the critical terms of the forecast transaction no 
longer meet those of the hedging instrument, for example, if there was a change in 
the timing of the forecast transactions from what was initially estimated.

25 Corporate governance46 Financial statements 
 
Mpac Group plc 

Annual Report & Accounts 2021

65

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

The hedged items and the hedging instrument are denominated in the same 
currency and, as a result, the hedging ratio is always one to one. All forward 
exchange contracts had been designated as hedging instruments in cash flow 
hedges under IFRS 9.

All derivative financial instruments used for hedge accounting are recognised 
initially at fair value and reported subsequently at fair value in the statement of 
financial position.

To the extent that the hedge is effective, changes in the fair value of derivatives 
designated as hedging instruments in cash flow hedges are recognised in other 
comprehensive income and included within the cash flow hedge reserve in 
equity. Any ineffectiveness in the hedge relationship is recognised immediately 
in the income statement.

At the time the hedged item affects profit or loss, any gain or loss previously 
recognised in other comprehensive income is reclassified from equity to 
profit or loss and presented as a reclassification adjustment within other 
comprehensive income.

If a forecast transaction is no longer expected to occur, any related gain or loss 
recognised in other comprehensive income is transferred immediately to the 
income statement. If the hedging relationship ceases to meet the effectiveness 
conditions, hedge accounting is discontinued, and the related gain or loss is 
held in the equity reserve until the forecast transaction occurs.

Non-underlying items and alternative performance measures
Non-underlying items are income and expenditure that, because of the 
nature of the item, merit separate presentation in the income statement to 
allow a better understanding of the Group’s financial performance by 
facilitating comparisons with prior periods and assessments of trends in 
financial performance.

Non-underlying items may include, but are not limited to, the impact on the 
income statement of the Group’s defined benefit pension schemes including 
administration charges and pension interest, acquisition or disposal costs and 
the amortisation of acquired intangible assets, significant reorganisation costs, 
profits or losses arising on discontinued operations, significant impairments of 
tangible or intangible assets and related taxation. The Group elects to include 
costs relating to the defined benefit pension scheme in non-underlying as there 
is only one active employee of the Group in the scheme, so the costs would be 
immaterial to the Group should the scheme not exist.

Accordingly, the Group uses alternative performance measures (“APMs”), in 
addition to those reported under IFRS, as management believe these measures 
enable the users of these financial statements to better assess the underlying 
trading performance of the Group. The APMs used include underlying operating 
profit, underlying profit before tax and underlying earnings per share.

A full breakdown of non-underlying items is provided in note 5 to the financial 
statements, and a reconciliation of underlying profit back to the closest IFRS 
measure is provided as part of note 11, which also includes a reconciliation of 
underlying EPS back to its closest IFRS measure.

Recent accounting developments
At the date of this report, there were no new standards in issue which were 
relevant to the Group and Company.

Going concern
The Group’s activities together with the factors likely to affect its future 
development, performance and position are described within the Operating 
review on pages 11 to 15, Financial review on pages 16 to 18 and in the Principal 
risks and uncertainties on pages 19 to 23.

The Directors have considered the trading outlook of the Group and Company 
for a 24 month period ending 31 December 2023, its financial position, including 
its cash resources and access to borrowings, as set out in the Financial review 
on pages 16 to 18 and in note 20 to the accounts on page 83, and its continuing 
obligations, including to its defined benefit pension schemes, details of which 
are set out in note 24 to the accounts on pages 84 to 90. Having made due 
enquiries, the Directors have a reasonable expectation that the Group and 
Company has adequate resources to continue in operational existence for the 
foreseeable future.

For this reason, they continue to adopt the going concern basis in preparing the 
financial statements.

Basis of consolidation
The Group financial statements comprise the consolidated results of the 
Company and all of its subsidiary companies together with the Group’s share 
of the results of its associated companies on an equity accounting basis. 
A separate income statement dealing only with the results of the Company 
has not been presented in accordance with section 408 of the Companies 
Act 2006.

A subsidiary is a company controlled, directly or indirectly, by the Group. Control 
is the power to govern the financial and operating policies of the subsidiary 
company so as to obtain benefits from its activities. A subsidiary’s results 
are included in the Group financial statements from the date that control 
commences until the date that control ceases.

Intra-group balances and any unrealised gains and losses or income and 
expenses arising from intra-group transactions are eliminated in preparing the 
consolidated financial statements.

Business combinations
The acquisition method of accounting is used to account for all business 
combinations, regardless of whether equity instruments or other assets 
are acquired.

The consideration transferred for the acquisition of a subsidiary comprises the:

  fair values of the assets transferred;

  liabilities incurred to the former owners of the acquired business;

  equity interests issued by the Group;

  fair value of any asset or liability resulting from a contingent consideration 
arrangement; and

  fair value of any pre-existing equity interest in the subsidiary.

Identifiable assets acquired and liabilities and contingent liabilities assumed in a 
business combination are, with limited exceptions, measured initially at their fair 
values at the acquisition date.

Acquisition-related costs are expensed as incurred.

46 Financial statements25 Corporate governance 
 
 
  Mpac Group plc

Annual Report & Accounts 2021

Accounting policies continued
Accounting policies continued

66

The excess of the:

  consideration transferred;

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

  amount of any non-controlling interest in the acquired entity; and

  acquisition-date fair value of any previous equity interest in the 
acquired entity.

Over the fair value of the net identifiable assets acquired is recorded as 
goodwill. Where settlement of any part of cash consideration is deferred, the 
amounts payable in the future are discounted to their present value as at the 
date of exchange. The discount rate used is the entity’s incremental borrowing 
rate, being the rate at which a similar borrowing could be obtained from an 
independent financier under comparable terms and conditions.

Contingent consideration is classified as a financial liability. Amounts classified 
as a financial liability are subsequently remeasured to fair value with changes in 
fair value recognised in profit or loss.

Foreign currency
Transactions in foreign currencies are translated at the foreign exchange 
rate ruling at the date of the transaction. Monetary assets and liabilities 
denominated in foreign currencies at the statement of financial position date 
are translated at the foreign exchange rate ruling at that date. Foreign exchange 
differences arising on translation are recognised in the income statement. 
Non-monetary assets and liabilities that are measured in terms of historical 
cost in a foreign currency are translated using the exchange rate at the date 
of the transaction. Non-monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign 
currencies that are stated at fair value are translated at foreign exchange rates 
ruling at the date the fair value was determined.

The assets and liabilities of foreign operations, including goodwill and fair value 
adjustments arising on consolidation, are translated at foreign exchange rates 
ruling at the statement of financial position date.

The revenues and expenses of foreign operations are translated at an average 
rate for the year where this rate approximates to the foreign exchange rates 
ruling at the dates of the transactions.

Exchange differences arising from the translation of foreign operations, and of 
related qualifying hedges, are taken directly to the translation reserve. They are 
released into the income statement upon disposal.

Goodwill
Goodwill arising on consolidation represents the excess of the cost of 
acquisition over the Group’s interest in the fair value of the identifiable 
assets and liabilities of the subsidiary or associated undertaking at the date 
of acquisition.

Goodwill is recognised as an asset and is not amortised but is reviewed for 
impairment at least annually on the basis of its value in use. Any impairment is 
recognised immediately through the income statement and is not subsequently 
reversed. Impairment losses recognised are allocated first to reduce the 
carrying value of the goodwill the business relates to, and then to reduce the 
carrying value of the other assets of that business on a pro-rata basis.

Annual impairment reviews of goodwill are undertaken and are determined 
from value in use calculations for each cash generating unit (“CGU”) using 
cash flow projections based on the latest three-year plan approved by the 
Board. The key assumptions for the value in use calculations are those 
regarding discount rates, growth rates and expected changes to selling prices 
and direct costs during the period and are consistent with external sources of 
information and the Board's view of long-term growth. Cash flows beyond the 
period of the projections are extrapolated at growth rates that do not exceed 
the long-term average growth rate for the relevant countries. The discount 
rate applied to the cash flow forecasts for each CGU is based on a market 
participant’s pre-tax weighted average cost of capital of between 12.4% to 
16.4%, dependant on the CGU being assessed (2020: 12%).

On disposal of a subsidiary or associated undertaking, the attributable amount 
of goodwill is included in the determination of the profit or loss on disposal.

Research and development
Research and development and related product development costs are charged 
to the income statement in the year in which they are incurred unless they 
are specifically chargeable to and recoverable from customers under agreed 
contract terms or the expenditure meets the criteria for capitalisation.

Where the expenditure relates to the development of a new product for which 
the technical feasibility and commercial viability of the product is identified, 
where development costs can be measured reliably and where future economic 
benefits are probable, development costs are capitalised and amortised over 
their useful economic lives, up to a maximum of five years. The expenditure 
capitalised includes costs of materials, direct labour and an appropriate 
proportion of overheads. Such intangible assets are assessed for indicators 
of impairment at least annually and any impairment is charged to the 
income statement.

Other intangible assets
Other intangible assets are valued at cost less accumulated amortisation and 
impairment charges and amortised on a straight-line basis over their estimated 
useful economic life which is set on an item by item basis. All intangible assets 
are tested for indicators of impairment at least annually and any impairment is 
charged to the income statement.

The estimated useful economic lives of the Group's intangible assets are as follows:

Acquired intangible assets  – 8 to 10 years
– 8 to 10 years
Product development 
– 5 years
Software development 

25 Corporate governance46 Financial statements 
 
Mpac Group plc 

Annual Report & Accounts 2021

67

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

Property, plant and equipment
Property, plant and equipment is stated at cost or deemed cost less 
accumulated depreciation and any provision for impairment in value.

Depreciation is provided on a straight-line basis to write off the cost, less the 
estimated residual value, of property, plant and equipment over its estimated 
useful life.

The annual depreciation rates used are as follows:

Freehold land 
– nil
Freehold buildings 
– 3% on cost or deemed cost
Leasehold property 
– over life of lease
– 8% to 25%
Plant and machinery 
Fixtures, fittings and vehicles – 10% to 33%

The carrying value of property, plant and equipment is reviewed at least 
annually for indicators of impairment. Any change in value arising from 
impairment is charged or credited (up to the carrying value prior to any previous 
impairment) to the income statement for the year.

The useful lives and residual value of the Group's fixed assets are reviewed at 
least annually.

Certain items of property that had been revalued to fair value on or prior to 
1 January 2004, the date of transition to IFRS, are measured on the basis of 
deemed cost, being the revalued amount at the date of the revaluation.

Investment property
Investment property, which is property held to earn rentals and/or for capital 
appreciation, is stated at cost. Depreciation is based on cost less residual 
value over its estimated useful life. Where the expected residual value exceeds 
cost no depreciation is provided. Investment property is valued annually for 
monitoring purposes only.

Investments
Investments in subsidiary undertakings are held at cost less provision for 
any impairment in value. The carrying value of investments in subsidiary 
undertakings are reviewed at least annually for indicators of impairment.

Revenue and contracts
Revenue
Revenue represents income derived from contracts for the provision of goods 
and services by the Group and its subsidiary undertakings to customers in 
exchange for consideration in the ordinary course of the Group’s activities.

Revenue is recognised in the Consolidated Income Statement when the 
performance obligations in the contract with the customer are met.

Performance obligations
A proportion of the Group’s contracts recognised over time comprise a 
variety of promises within the contracts, including, but not limited to, design 
and engineering, procurement, machinery testing, delivery, installation and 
commissioning and after sales services.

Under IFRS 15, the Group must evaluate the separability of the promised goods 
or services based on whether they are ‘distinct’. A promised good or service is 
‘distinct’ if both:

  the customer benefits from the item either on its own or together with other 
readily available resources; and

  it is separately identifiable (i.e. the Group does not provide a significant 
service integrating, modifying or customising it.)

It is the Group’s judgement that the vast majority of promises included within 
contracts to customers are not distinct because a customer cannot benefit 
from certain promises being fulfilled without others; therefore, promises are 
bundled into set performance obligations. For the majority of contracts, 
design, procurement, engineering and manufacture are considered to be 
one performance obligation, installation and commissioning are considered 
to be one performance obligation and after sales contracts are generally 
negotiated and entered into at a later date and considered to be a separable 
performance obligation. 

Where contracts include more than one performance obligation, the transaction 
price is allocated on a relative stand-alone selling price basis. The stand-alone 
selling price is normally determined based on the observable price of a good 
or service when the Group sells that good or service separately in similar 
circumstances and to similar customers. If an observable price is not available, 
the stand-alone selling price is determined based on an expected cost plus 
margin approach.

Transaction price
At the start of the contract, the total transaction price is estimated as the 
amount of consideration to which the Group expects to be entitled in exchange 
for transferring the promised goods and services to the customer, excluding 
sales taxes. The transaction price does not include estimates of consideration 
resulting from contract modifications, such as change orders, until they have 
been approved by the parties to the contract.

The transaction price is calculated after taking into account variable 
consideration. Variable consideration includes, but is not limited to rebates 
and penalties.

In determining the transaction price, variable consideration linked to potential 
penalties or rebates arising under the terms of a contract is included only to 
the extent it is highly probable that a significant reversal in the amount of 
cumulative revenue recognised will not occur when the uncertainty associated 
with the variable consideration is subsequently resolved. Variable consideration 
is estimated using the “most likely amount” method.

Product warranties are included as part of the standard terms and conditions of 
the majority of contracts; however, are not sold separately and; therefore, do not 
constitute a separate performance obligation. Product warranty provisions are 
accounted for based on historical data and a weighting of all possible outcomes 
against their associated possibilities.

46 Financial statements25 Corporate governance 
 
 
  Mpac Group plc

Annual Report & Accounts 2021

68

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

Accounting policies continued
Accounting policies continued

Revenue and profit recognition
Revenue is recognised as performance obligations are satisfied as control of 
the goods and services is transferred to the customer. For each performance 
obligation within a contract, the Group determines whether it is satisfied over 
time or at a point in time. Performance obligations are satisfied over time if one 
of the following criteria is satisfied:

  the customer simultaneously receives and consumes the benefits provided 
by the Group’s performance as it performs;

  the Group’s performance creates or enhances an asset that the customer 
controls as the asset is created or enhanced; or

  the Group’s performance does not create an asset with an alternative use 
to the Group and it has an enforceable right to payment for performance 
completed to date.

With the exception of the supply of spare parts, installation services and certain 
other service-based contracts, all of Mpac’s contracts are accounted for over 
time. Supply of spare parts and installation services are recognised once the 
supply or service is complete. Those recognised over time satisfy the third 
criteria, above.

For each performance obligation to be recognised over time, the Group 
recognises revenue using an input method, based on labour hours incurred 
in the period. Labour hours have been selected as the most faithful depiction 
of progress (and hence the transfer of goods and services) as this most 
accurately reflects how Mpac provides value to the customer. Mpac delivers 
innovative, efficient, and technically robust solutions, with the time allocated 
to projects of Mpac engineers and technicians being the main driver to 
bring projects to fruition. Material costs incurred are not considered to be 
proportionate to the Group’s progress in satisfying progress on contracts for 
which revenue is recognised over time and therefore revenue in respect of 
materials is recognised at an amount equal to the cost of good used to 
satisfy the performance obligation. Material costs are recognised on 
contracts as incurred. 

Revenue and attributable margin are calculated by reference to reliable 
estimates of the total labour hours and labour hours to be incurred, after 
making suitable allowances for technical and other risks. Revenue and 
associated margin are therefore recognised progressively as labour hours are 
incurred, and as risks have been mitigated or retired. The Group has determined 
that this method faithfully depicts the Group’s performance in transferring 
control of the goods and services to the customer.

If the over time criteria for revenue recognition are not met, revenue is 
recognised at the point in time that control is transferred to the customer, 
which is usually when legal title passes to the customer and the business has 
the right to payment, for example, on delivery.

Contract modifications
The Group’s contracts are often amended for changes in customers’ 
requirements and specifications. A contract modification exists when the 
parties to the contract approve a modification that either changes existing 
or creates new enforceable rights and obligations. The effect of a contract 
modification on the transaction price and the Group’s measure of progress 
towards the satisfaction of the performance obligation to which it relates is 
recognised in one of the following ways:

1.  prospectively as an additional, separate contract;

2.  prospectively as a termination of the existing contract and creation of a 

new contract; or

3.  as part of the original contract using a cumulative catch-up.

The majority of the Group’s contract modifications are treated under 3 (for 
example, a change in the specification of the distinct goods or services for a 
partially completed contract), although the facts and circumstances of any 
contract modification are considered individually as the types of modifications 
will vary contract-by-contract and may result in different accounting outcomes.

Costs to obtain a contract
The Group does not typically incur costs to obtain contracts that it would not 
have incurred had the contracts not been awarded, such as sales commission.

Costs to fulfil a contract
Contract fulfilment costs in respect of over time contracts are expensed as 
incurred. Contract fulfilment costs in respect of point in time contracts are 
accounted for under IFRS 15.95 and are recognised as contract fulfilment 
assets providing they: 

  are not within the scope of other standards; 

  relate directly to a contract (or an anticipated contract); 

  generate or enhance resources that will be used in satisfying performance 
obligations in the future; and

  are expected to be recovered from the customer.

Contract fulfilment assets are expensed at the point the corresponding revenue 
is recognised. 

Where assets have been recognised in respect of costs to fulfil a contract, 
these are tested for impairment under IFRS 15.

Contract assets
A contract asset is a right to consideration conditional on something other than 
the passage of time. Contract assets are tested for impairment under IFRS 9.

Contract liabilities
The contract liabilities represent the obligation to transfer goods or services to 
a customer for which consideration has been received, or consideration is due, 
from the customer.

25 Corporate governance46 Financial statements 
 
Mpac Group plc 

Annual Report & Accounts 2021

69

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

Inventories
Inventories includes raw materials, work in progress and finished goods 
recognised in accordance with IAS 2 in respect of contracts with customers 
which have been determined to fulfil the criteria for point in time revenue 
recognition under IFRS 15. Inventories are stated at the lower of cost, including 
all relevant overhead expenditure, and net realisable value. 

Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash balances and short-term fixed 
deposits, and for the statements of cash flows they also include bank 
overdrafts. Short-term deposits all have a maturity of less than 3 months 
from the date of acquisition.

Share capital
When share capital is repurchased, the amount of consideration paid, including 
directly attributable costs, is recognised as a change in equity. Repurchased 
shares are classified as treasury shares and presented as a deduction from 
total equity.

Preference share capital is classified as a liability as dividend payments are 
not discretionary.

Dividends on the preference shares are disclosed as interest charges, are 
recognised as a liability and are accounted for on an accruals basis. Dividends 
on ordinary shares are only recognised in the period in which they are paid.

Financial instruments
IFRS 9 Financial instruments requires the classification of financial instruments 
into different types for which the accounting requirement is different. The 
Group has classified its financial instruments as follows:

  short-term fixed deposits, principally comprising funds held with banks and 
other financial institutions;

  trade and other receivables are held at amortised cost;

  trade and other payables are held at amortised cost;

  borrowings are classified as other liabilities held at amortised cost; and

  derivatives, comprising forward foreign exchange contracts and the deferred 
contingent consideration on acquisition are classified as instruments with fair 
value through profit or loss.

Financial instruments are initially measured at fair value. Their subsequent 
measurement depends on their classification:

  loans and receivables and other liabilities are held at amortised cost; and

  instruments that are measured at fair value through profit or loss. Changes 
in fair value are included in the income statement unless the instrument is 
included in a cash flow hedge.

The Group applies cash flow hedge accounting to forward foreign exchange 
contracts, held to reduce the exposure to movements in the future value of 
foreign currency receipts and payments.

For those contracts included in an effective cash flow hedging relationship, 
changes in the fair value of the hedging instrument are recognised in other 
comprehensive income and taken to equity. When the hedged forecast 
transaction occurs, amounts previously recorded in equity are recognised in the 
income statement. Any ineffectiveness in the hedging arrangement is included 
in the income statement.

Trade and other receivables and contract assets
The Group makes use of a simplified approach in accounting for trade and other 
receivables as well as contract assets, recording the loss allowance as lifetime 
expected credit losses. These are the expected shortfalls in contractual cash 
flows, considering the potential for default at any point during the life of the 
financial instrument. In calculating the lifetime credit losses, the Group uses 
its historical experience, external indicators and forward looking information to 
calculate the expected losses. Refer to note 26 for further details.

Post-retirement and other employee benefits
The Group and Company account for pensions and other post-retirement 
benefits under IAS 19 Employee benefits.

For defined benefit schemes, the net obligation is calculated separately for 
each scheme by estimating the amount of future benefits that employees have 
earned in return for their service in the current and prior periods. The benefit 
is discounted to determine its present value, and the fair value of the schemes’ 
assets (at bid price) is deducted. The liability discount rate is either the yield 
at the statement of financial position date on AA credit rated bonds that have 
maturity dates approximating to the terms of the obligations or by a cash flow 
matching method reflecting the duration of the liabilities, whichever more 
accurately reflects the schemes’ pattern of cash flows. The calculations are 
performed by qualified actuaries using the projected unit credit method. The 
expense of administering the pension schemes and financing income/expense 
of the schemes are recognised in the income statement. Past service costs/
credits and curtailment costs/credits are recognised in the periods in which 
they arise. Actuarial gains and losses are recognised in the period in which they 
arise in other comprehensive income.

Payments to defined contribution schemes are charged to the income 
statement as incurred.

The net obligation in respect of long-term service benefits, other than pension 
plans, is the amount of the future benefit that employees have earned in return 
for their service in the current and prior periods. Obligations are measured at 
their present value.

46 Financial statements25 Corporate governance 
 
 
  Mpac Group plc

Annual Report & Accounts 2021

70

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

Accounting policies continued
Accounting policies continued

Share-based payments
The Group has applied the requirements of IFRS 2 Share- based payments.

The Group issues equity-settled share-based payments to certain employees. 
These are measured at their fair value at the date of grant and are expensed 
on a straight-line basis over the vesting period, based on an estimate of the 
number of shares that will eventually vest, and adjusted for the effect of non-
market related conditions.

Charges made to the income statement in respect of share-based payments 
are credited to retained earnings.

Provisions
A provision is recognised when the Group has a legal or constructive obligation 
as a result of a past event and it is probable that an outflow of economic 
benefits will be required to settle the obligation.

Interest receivable
Interest receivable is recognised in the income statement using the effective 
interest method as defined in IFRS 9 Financial instruments.

Borrowing costs
Borrowing costs directly attributable to the acquisition, construction or 
production of qualifying assets are added to the cost of those assets.

All other borrowing costs are recognised in the income statement in the period 
in which they are incurred.

Taxation
Tax on the profit or loss for the year comprises current and deferred tax. Tax is 
recognised in the income statement except to the extent that it relates to items 
recognised in other comprehensive income, in which case it is recognised in the 
statements of comprehensive income, or to items recorded directly in equity in 
which case it is recorded directly in equity.

Current tax is the expected tax payable on the taxable income for the year, 
using tax rates enacted or substantively enacted at the statement of financial 
position date, and any adjustment to tax payable in respect of previous years.

Deferred tax is the tax expected to be payable or recoverable on differences 
between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities in the financial 
statements and the corresponding tax bases used in the computation of 
taxable profit and is accounted for using the balance sheet liability method.

Deferred tax liabilities are generally recognised for all taxable temporary 
differences and deferred tax assets are recognised to the extent that it is 
probable that taxable profits will be available against which deductible temporary 
differences can be utilised. Such assets and liabilities are not recognised if the 
temporary difference arises from the initial recognition of goodwill; the initial 
recognition of other assets and liabilities that affect neither the taxable profit nor 
the accounting profit; and differences relating to investments in subsidiaries to 
the extent that they will probably not reverse in the foreseeable future.

The carrying amount of deferred tax assets is reviewed at each balance sheet 
date and reduced to the extent that it is no longer probable that sufficient 
taxable profits will be available to allow all or part of the asset to be recovered.

Deferred tax is calculated at the tax rates that are expected to apply in the 
period when the liability is settled or the asset is realised based on tax laws and 
rates that have been enacted or substantively enacted at the balance sheet 
date. Deferred tax is charged or credited to the income statement, except when 
it relates to items charged or credited in other comprehensive income, in which 
case the deferred tax is also dealt with in other comprehensive income.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset when there is a legally enforceable 
right to set off current tax assets against current tax liabilities and when they 
relate to income taxes levied by the same taxation authority and the Group 
intends to settle its current tax assets and liabilities on a net basis.

Government grants
Grants from the government are recognised at their fair value where there is a 
reasonable assurance that the grant will be received and the Group will comply 
with all attached conditions. Government grants relating to costs are deferred 
and recognised in profit or loss over the period necessary to match them with 
the costs that they are intended to compensate. The Group continued to benefit 
from a number of Covid-related grants in the course of 2021; albeit to a much 
lower degree than 2020, including the ‘Coronavirus Job Retention Scheme’ in 
the UK and the equivalent schemes in the countries in which it operates. No 
deferred amounts remained at 31 December 2021 (31 December 2020: £nil).

Operating segments
An operating segment is a component of the Group that is engaged in business 
activities from which it may earn revenues and incur expenses, and for which 
discrete financial information is available. All operating segments’ results are 
regularly reviewed by the Group’s chief operating decision maker, which is the 
Board of Directors, in order to assess performance and make decisions about 
the allocation of resources to each segment.

Errors
Where errors are discovered in respect of prior periods, adjustments are 
made in accordance with IAS 8 Accounting Policies, Changes in Accounting 
Estimates and Errors and revised statements are presented as required. 
Where adjustments are made, the heading at the top of the note will state 
‘Restated’ and a separate note detailing the nature, amount of correction and a 
reconciliation between the balances provided. Where appropriate, a statement 
of financial position for the opening position will be presented.

25 Corporate governance46 Financial statements 
 
Notes to the accounts

1.  Revenue and operating segments
All revenue information is prepared in accordance with the Group accounting policies shown on pages 64 to 70.

The following is a description of the principal activities, separated by reportable segments, from which the Group generates its revenue. The Board identifies the 
reportable segments as the ones for which it regularly reviews financial information to assess their performance and make decisions around strategy and resource 
allocation.  

Original Equipment (”OE”)
The OE segments of the Group principally generate revenue from the make, pack and test of high-speed packaging solutions, first-of-a-kind machinery and high 
specification automation, secondary packaging equipment and at line instrumentation solutions. The typical length of a contract for OE Equipment is 4 to 12 
months. The contracts are accounted for over time unless the installation and commissioning consideration of the contact is a distinct performance obligation 
that could be undertaken by a third party, in which case the contract is disaggregated with the equipment consideration recognised over time and the installation 
consideration is recognised at a point in time. Where contracts are recognised over time, the consideration recognised is based on an estimate of labour costs 
completed at the statement of financial position date as a proportion of total expected labour costs for the contract.

Service
The Service segment of the Group generates revenue from sales of spare parts and providing service engineers and support staff to customers enabling them 
to maximise the benefits of their high-speed packaging solutions, first-of-a-kind machinery and high-specification automation, secondary packaging equipment, 
end-of-line robotics and at line instrumentation solutions. Service contracts are usually short-term contracts and either have a fixed price or are based on time 
and materials.

The Group’s revenue reflects the basis of the Group’s management and internal reporting structure. A commentary on the performance of the operating segments 
during the year is provided in the Operating review on pages 11 to 15.

In the following table, revenue is disaggregated by primary geographical market, major product lines, sector and timing of revenue recognition.

Disaggregation of revenue

Sector
Pharmaceutical
Healthcare
Food and beverage
Other
Total

Timing of revenue recognition
Products and services transferred at a point in time
Products and services transferred over time
Total

2021 
£m

3.7
29.2
45.3
16.1
94.3

19.3
75.0
94.3

2020 
£m

3.9
37.7
34.8
7.3
83.7

23.4
60.3
83.7

The Group disaggregates revenue of OE and Service, together with the regional split, Americas, EMEA and Asia Pacific.

Information regarding the results of each operating segment is included overleaf. Performance is measured based on underlying segment gross profit. Unallocated 
items comprise distribution and administrative expenditure. The unallocated items are excluded from segment profit or loss as they are not region specific.

Mpac Group plc 

Annual Report & Accounts 2021

71

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

46 Financial statements25 Corporate governance 
 
 
  Mpac Group plc

Annual Report & Accounts 2021

72

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

Notes to the accounts continued

1.  Revenue and operating segments continued
The measurement of segment assets and liabilities excludes central items that are not allocated to the regions. Unallocated items comprise mainly of goodwill and 
acquired intangible assets, net debt/funds (excluding the lease liabilities), pension assets/liabilities, taxation balances and net liabilities attributable to the Group’s 
Head Office.

Segment capital expenditure is the total cost incurred during the year to acquire segment assets that are expected to be used for more than one period.

Segment information

Revenue
Americas
EMEA
Asia Pacific
Total
Gross profit
Selling, distribution and administration
Underlying operating profit
Unallocated non-underlying items included 
in operating profit
Operating profit/(loss)
Net financing expense
Profit/(loss) before tax

OE 
£m

53.4
17.4
3.3
74.1
20.3

2021

Service 
£m

9.9
9.3
1.0
20.2
8.6

Americas
EMEA
Asia
Total
Unallocated net assets
Total net assets
* see note 34 for further details of the prior year restatement

Segment 
assets
36.9
28.7
0.5
64.3

2021

Segment 
liabilities
(22.2)
(25.2)
(0.3)
(45.9)

Total 
£m

63.3
26.7
4.3
94.3
28.9
(20.1)
8.8

(0.5)
8.3
(0.1)
8.2

Segment  

net assets
14.7
3.5
0.2
18.4
47.0
65.4

OE 
£m

36.2
23.7
4.2
64.1
15.3

2020

Service 
£m

10.5
7.6
1.5
19.6
9.0

Segment 
assets
28.2
30.7
0.5
59.4

2020 Restated*

Segment 
liabilities
(20.7)
(26.6)
(0.2)
(47.5)

Total 
£m

46.7
31.3
5.7
83.7
24.3
(17.8)
6.5

(3.6)
2.9
–
2.9

Segment  

net assets
7.5
4.1
0.3
11.9
34.3
46.2

25 Corporate governance46 Financial statements 
 
1.  Revenue and operating segments continued
Geographical information

Revenue
UK
Europe (excl. UK)
Africa and Middle East
USA
Americas (excl. USA)
Asia Pacific

Non-current assets (excluding taxation balances)
UK
Canada and USA
Rest of the world

2021 
£m
7.7
17.2
0.7
56.9
7.2
4.6
94.3

By location of customer

2021 
%
8
18
1
61
7
5
100

2020 
£m
9.7
19.2
2.8
34.5
12.3
5.2
83.7

By location of assets

2021 
£m
50.1
15.7
5.8
71.6

 2020 
%
12
23
3
41
15
6
100

2020 
£m
35.2
13.2
2.9
51.3

2.  Major customers
In 2021, the Group generated 16.7% (2020: 24.5%) of revenue from two customers. The most significant customer accounted for 10.0% (2020: 14.8%) of Group 
revenue. The sales constituted both equipment and Service, and were spread across a number of different geographic regions.

3.  Other operating expenses

Research and development costs (expensed as incurred)

2021 
£m
0.9

2020 
£m
1.1

Mpac Group plc 

Annual Report & Accounts 2021

73

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

46 Financial statements25 Corporate governance 
 
 
  Mpac Group plc

Annual Report & Accounts 2021

74

Notes to the accounts continued

4.  Operating profit

Operating profit is arrived at after charging/(crediting):
Amortisation of software and product development (Note 12)
Depreciation of owned assets (Note 13)
Depreciation of right of use assets (Note 27)
Employee benefits (Company £2.1m; 2020: £2.2m) (Note 6)
Cost of inventories recognised as an expense
Government grants
(Profit)/loss on sale of fixed assets (Note 13)
Distribution and transport costs
Operating lease charges
Sales, marketing and office expenses
Product development expensed
Administrative expenses
Foreign exchange differences
Non-underlying release of deferred contingent consideration (Note 5)
Non-underlying amortisation of acquired intangible assets (Note 12)
Non-underlying profit on sales of fixed assets (Note 5)
Other non-underlying items (Note 5)
Fees payable to the Company’s auditor for the audit of the Company’s annual Financial Statements
Fees payable to the Company’s auditor and its associates for the audit of the Company’s subsidiaries pursuant to legislation
Other fees paid to the current auditor
– audit related assurance services*
– taxation compliance services**
* Audit related assurance services include £31,000 (2020: £15,000) for the review of the half-year report.
** Taxation compliance services include £22,000 (2020: £34,000) for the provision of taxation compliance services.

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

5.  Non-underlying items

Non-underlying items
Acquisition costs
Reorganisation costs
Amortisation of acquired intangible assets
Profit on disposal of Coventry facility
Defined benefit pension scheme – Past service cost from GMP equalisation
Defined benefit pension schemes administration costs
Release of deferred contingent consideration
Total non-underlying operating expenditure
Interest on deferred and contingent acquisition consideration
Net financing income on pension scheme balances
Total non-underlying expense before tax
Deferred tax on pension scheme past service costs
Deferred tax on acquisition related intangibles and unused tax losses
Total non-underlying expense after tax

* see note 34 for further details of the prior year restatement

2021 
£m

0.6
0.9
0.9
29.0
32.0
(0.4)
0.1
1.3
1.0
5.5
0.9
13.3
–
(2.4)
1.6
(0.3)
1.6
0.1
0.3

–
–

2020 
£m

0.3
1.1
0.9
25.9
38.3
(2.4)
–
0.9
0.9
5.6
1.1
7.6
–
–
1.6
–
2.0
0.1
0.2

0.1
–

2021 
£m

2020 Restated* 
£m

(0.4)
–
(1.6)
0.3
–
(1.2)
2.4
(0.5)
(0.1)
0.2
(0.4)
0.3
–
(0.1)

(0.4)
(0.5)
(1.6)
–
(0.2)
(0.9)
–
(3.6)
(0.1)
0.3
(3.4)
0.1
1.2
(2.1)

25 Corporate governance46 Financial statements 
 
5.  Non-underlying items continued
The Group uses alternative performance measures (“APMs”), in addition to those reported under IFRS, as management believe these measures enable the users 
of financial statements to assess the underlying trading performance of the business. The APMs used include underlying operating profit, underlying profit before 
tax and underlying earnings per share. These measures are calculated using the relevant IFRS measure as adjusted for non-underlying income/(expenditure) 
listed above. No Covid-related items are considered non-underlying.

6.  Employee information

The number of people employed by the Group was:
Americas
EMEA
Asia Pacific
Head Office
Total 

The number of people employed by the Company in EMEA was:

Employment costs were:
Wages and salaries
Social security costs
Employee benefits
– defined contribution schemes
– equity-settled share-based transactions

Period end
2021

147
302
13
14
476

Period end
2021
14

Group

2021

23.8
3.2

1.7
0.3
29.0

2020

132
316
13
11
472

2020
11

2020

20.7
3.0

1.8
0.4
25.9

Average

2021

139
302
13
12
466

Average

2021
12

Company

2021

1.4
0.2

0.2
0.3
2.1

2020

103
327
13
11
454

2020
11

2020

1.3
0.3

0.2
0.4
2.2

The costs of the defined benefit pension schemes are disclosed in note 24.

£0.2m of employment costs were capitalised in the year in relation to product development, see note 12 for more information.

7.  Emoluments of Directors and interests in shares
Information on the emoluments of the Directors (page 37), together with information regarding the beneficial interests of the Directors and persons connected 
with them in the ordinary shares of the Company, is included in the Remuneration report on pages 37 to 38.

Mpac Group plc 

Annual Report & Accounts 2021

75

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

46 Financial statements25 Corporate governance 
 
 
  Mpac Group plc

Annual Report & Accounts 2021

76

Notes to the accounts continued

8.  Net financing income

Financial income:
Amounts receivable on cash and cash equivalents
Net interest received on pension scheme balances

Financial expenses:
Preference dividends paid
Interest on deferred contingent consideration
Lease interest (IFRS 16)

Net financing income

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

Net interest received on pension scheme balances and interest on deferred consideration is included in non-underlying items.

9.  Taxation

Tax charge/(credit):
Current tax
Deferred tax
Total 

Included within the total taxation is a tax credit of £0.2m (2020: £0.4m) attributable to the non-underlying items set out in note 5.

Reconciliation of effective tax rate

Profit before tax

Income tax using the UK corporation tax rate of 19.00% (2020: 19.00%)
Research & development tax credits
Deferred tax movements on acquired intangible asset amortisation from increased future tax rate
Non-taxable release of deferred contingent consideration
Deferred tax movements on pension payments
Change in recognised deferred tax assets
Change in unrecognised deferred tax assets
Foreign tax charged at higher rates than UK corporation tax rate
Total charge/(credit)

* See note 34 for further details of the prior year restatement.

2021 
£m

–
0.2
0.2

(0.1)
(0.1)
(0.1)
(0.3)
(0.1)

2020 
£m

–
0.3
0.3

(0.1)
(0.1)
(0.1)
(0.3)
–

2021 
£m

2020 Restated* 
£m

0.4
–
0.4

2021 
£m
8.2

1.5
(0.4)
0.4
(0.4)
(0.3)
(0.4)
(0.2)
0.4
0.4

0.6
(1.9)
(1.3)

2020 Restated* 
£m
2.9

0.6
(0.1)
–
–
–
(1.0)
(1.1)
0.3
(1.3)

The main rate of UK corporation tax is 19% (2020: 19%) as enacted in the Finance Act 2021. The rate of deferred tax liability arising from the surplus in respect of 
the UK defined benefit pension scheme is 35%.

In view of probable timing of the utilisation of brought forward losses, deferred tax assets have not been recognised on tax losses and timing differences in respect 
of the Group companies in the UK and the USA.

25 Corporate governance46 Financial statements 
 
Mpac Group plc 

Annual Report & Accounts 2021

77

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

9.  Taxation continued
Factors that may affect future tax charges
The Finance Act 2021 increased the main rate of corporation tax to 25% from 1 April 2023. Closing deferred tax balances have therefore been valued at 19% or 25% 
(2020: 19%) depending on the date they expect to fully unwind, except for deferred tax on the defined benefit pension scheme, which has been valued at 35%.

Deferred tax charge/(credit) on items in other comprehensive (expense)/income

Arising from actuarial gains/(losses)

2021 
£m
7.9

2020 
£m
(2.2)

10.  Current tax assets and liabilities
Current tax assets of £0.6m (2020: £0.8m) and current tax liabilities of £0.7m (2020: £0.4m) for the Group, and current tax assets of £nil (2020: £nil) for the 
Company, represent the amount of income taxes recoverable and payable in respect of current and prior periods.

11.  Earnings per share
Basic earnings/(loss) per ordinary share
The calculation of basic earnings/(loss) per ordinary share is based upon the profit for the year of £7.8m (2020 restated: £4.2m) and the weighted average number 
of ordinary shares in issue during the year. The weighted average number of shares excludes shares held by the employee trust in respect of the Company’s 
deferred share plan arrangements.

Diluted earnings per ordinary share
The calculation of diluted earnings per ordinary share is based upon the profit for the year of £7.7m (2020 restated: £4.2m) and the diluted weighted average 
number of ordinary shares in issue during the year. The calculation of diluted earnings per ordinary share from continuing activities is based upon the profit for 
the period from continuing activities of £7.8m (2020: £4.2m). For diluted earnings per ordinary share, the weighted average number of shares includes the diluting 
effect, if any, of own shares held by the employee trust.

Weighted average number of ordinary shares (non-diluted) at 31 December
Effect of own shares and shares conditionally granted under the LTIP
Weighted average number of ordinary shares (diluted) at 31 December

2021
19,920,895
531,118
20,452,013

2020
19,955,307
589,920
20,545,227

Underlying and diluted underlying earnings per share
Underlying earnings per ordinary share and diluted underlying earnings per ordinary share, which are calculated on profit before non-underlying items, amounted 
to 39.7p (2020: 31.4p) in respect of underlying earnings per share and 38.6p (2020: 31.2p) in respect of diluted underlying earnings per share.

The calculations of underlying earnings per ordinary share and diluted underlying earnings per ordinary share are based upon an underlying profit for the period of 
£7.9m (2020: £6.3m) which is calculated as follows:

Profit for the period
Non-underlying items (net of tax)
Underlying profit for the period

* see note 34 for further details of the prior year restatement

2021 
£m
7.8
0.1
7.9

2020 Restated* 
£m
4.2
2.1
6.3

46 Financial statements25 Corporate governance 
 
 
  Mpac Group plc

Annual Report & Accounts 2021

78

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

Notes to the accounts continued

12.  Intangible assets

Cost:
Balance at 1 January 2020
Additions
Reclassification
Retranslation
Balance at 31 December 2020
Additions
Disposals
Reclassification
Retranslation
Balance at 31 December 2021

Amortisation and impairment losses:
Balance at 1 January 2020
Amortisation for the period
Reclassification
Retranslation
Balance at 31 December 2020
Amortisation for the period
Disposals
Reclassification
Retranslation
Balance at 31 December 2021

Carrying amounts:
At 31 December 2020
At 31 December 2021

Group

Acquired  
intangible  
assets 
£m

Product 
develop-

ment  
£m

Software 
develop-

ment  
£m

Assets 
under 
construction 
£m

Goodwill 
£m

5.7
7.9
–
(0.4)
13.2
–
–
–
–
13.2

–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

10.5
2.6
–
–
13.1
–
–
–
–
13.1

0.9
1.6
–
–
2.5
1.6
–
–
–
4.1

13.2
13.2

10.6
9.0

4.1
0.6
–
0.1
4.8
0.2
(1.2)
–
–
3.8

3.1
0.2
–
0.1
3.4
0.2
(1.2)
–
0.1
2.5

1.4
1.3

–
1.2
1.6
–
2.8
–
–
–
–
2.8

–
0.1
0.5
–
0.6
0.4
–
–
–
1.0

2.2
1.8

0.6
–
(0.6)
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

–
–

–
–
–
–
–
–
–

–
–

Software 
develop-

ment  
£m

Company

Assets 
under 
construction 
£m

Total 
£m

–
1.2
0.6
–
1.8
–
–
–
–
1.8

–
0.1
–
–
0.1
0.4
–
–
–
0.5

1.7
1.3

0.6
–
(0.6)
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

–
–

–
–
–
–
–
–
–

–
–

0.6
1.2
–
–
1.8
–
–
–
–
1.8

–
0.1
–
–
0.1
0.4
–
–
–
0.5

1.7
1.3

Total 
£m

20.9
12.3
1.0
(0.3)
33.9
0.2
(2.0)
–
–
32.9

4.0
1.9
0.5
0.1
6.5
2.2
(2.0)
–
0.1
7.6

27.4
25.3

The amortisation for development costs is included in cost of sales in the consolidated income statement. 

The carrying amounts of goodwill are £5.7m in respect of Mpac Lambert (acquired in 2019) and £7.5m in respect of Switchback Group (acquired in 2020). The 
Group tests goodwill at least annually for impairment or more frequently if there are indications that goodwill might be impaired.

The recoverable amounts of the goodwill have been determined based on value in use calculations, using cash flow projections from the Group's mid-range 
plan, the key assumptions included within this mid-range plan that affect the value in use calculations are revenue growth, margin growth and working capital 
requirements. These assumptions have been sensitised (as per Investments – note 15) as part of current year testing.

The discount and growth rates within these assumptions are estimated using a pre-tax weighted-average cost of capital (“WACC”) that are indicative of current 
market assessments of the time value of money, based on risks specific to the market in which the Group operates. The primary reasons for differences in the 
rates between the CGUs are the differences in underlying risk-free rates and cost of debt across the geographical regions in which the Group’s CGUs are located.

The calculation uses pre-tax cash flow projections from the 3 year mid-range plan for the period ending 31st December 2024. At the end of the discrete budget 
period, a terminal value is calculated based on terminal growth rate assumptions for each CGU. The WACC and terminal growth rates assessed for each CGU are 
12.4% & 2.0% for the UK and 12.9% & 2.0% for the Americas, respectively. With respect to the Mpac Lambert CGU, the recoverable amount exceeds the carrying 
value of the assets by £1.8m at 31 December 2021. A reasonably possible reduction in revenue growth in 2023 and 2024 from 10% to 6% would reduce the 
recoverable amounts to £nil. A reasonably possible decrease in the operating margin generated by the CGU in the terminal value calculation from 12% to 11% would 
reduce the excess of recoverable amounts to £nil. A reasonably possible increase in the discount rate from 12.4% to 13.5% would reduce the excess of recoverable 
amounts to £nil.

25 Corporate governance46 Financial statements 
 
Mpac Group plc 

Annual Report & Accounts 2021

79

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

13.  Property, plant and equipment

Cost:
Balance at 1 January 2020
Additions
Disposals
Reclassification
Retranslation
Balance at 31 December 2020
Additions
Disposals
Retranslation
Balance at 31 December 2021

Depreciation:
Balance at 1 January 2020
Charge for the period
Disposals
Reclassification
Balance at 31 December 2020
Charge for the period
Disposals
Balance at 31 December 2021

Carrying amounts:
At 31 December 2020
At 31 December 2021

14.  Investment property

Group

Land and  
buildings 
£m

Plant and  
machinery 
£m

Fixtures,  
fittings and  
vehicles 
£m

4.1
0.1
–
–
–
4.2
0.5
(2.8)
–
1.9

1.4
0.1
–
–
1.5
0.1
(1.4)
0.2

2.7
1.7

2.9
0.5
(0.3)
–
–
3.1
0.1
(0.3)
–
2.9

1.5
0.3
(0.2)
–
1.6
0.2
(0.3)
1.5

1.5
1.4

5.9
0.6
(0.4)
(1.0)
0.1
5.2
0.9
(1.4)
(0.1)
4.6

4.4
0.7
(0.3)
(0.5)
4.3
0.6
(1.2)
3.7

0.9
0.9

Total 
£m

12.9
1.2
(0.7)
(1.0)
0.1
12.5
1.5
(4.5)
(0.1)
9.4

7.3
1.1
(0.5)
(0.5)
7.4
0.9
(2.9)
5.4

5.1
4.0

Company

Land and  
buildings 
£m

Plant and  
machinery 
£m

Fixtures,  
fittings and  
vehicles 
£m

2.6
–
–
–
–
2.6
–
(2.6)
–
–

1.0
0.1
–
–
1.1
–
(1.1)
–

1.5
–

–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

–
–

0.5
0.1
(0.4)
–
–
0.2
0.2
–
–
0.4

0.4
–
(0.3)
–
0.1
0.1
–
0.2

0.1
0.2

Balance at 1 January 2020 and 31 December 2020
Balance at 31 December 2021

Group

2021 
£m
0.8
0.8

2020 
£m
0.8
0.8

Company

2021 
£m
0.8
0.8

Total 
£m

3.1
0.1
(0.4)
–
–
2.8
0.2
(2.6)
–
0.4

1.4
0.1
(0.3)
–
1.2
0.1
(1.1)
0.2

1.6
0.2

2020 
£m
0.8
0.8

Investment property is shown at cost. The fair value of the investment property at 31 December 2021 is £1.0m (2020: £1.1m) and has been arrived at on the basis 
of a valuation carried out by independent valuers, Wilks Head & Eve LLP. The valuation, which conforms to International Valuation Standards, was arrived at by 
reference to market evidence of transaction prices for similar properties.

46 Financial statements25 Corporate governance 
 
 
  Mpac Group plc

Annual Report & Accounts 2021

80

Notes to the accounts continued

15.  Investments
Cost of shares in subsidiaries

Balance at 1 January
Acquisition of investment
Balance at 31 December

2021 
£m
63.8
–
63.8

2020 
£m
63.8
–
63.8

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

The Company’s subsidiary undertakings are shown in note 32.

Impairment review of investments
The Group tests the carrying value of investments at least annually or more frequently if there are indications that the value might be impaired.

The recoverable amounts of the carrying value have been determined based on value in use calculations, using cash flow projections from the Group’s mid-range plan, 
the key assumptions included within this mid-range plan that affect the value in use calculations are revenue growth, margin growth and working capital requirements. 
These assumptions have been prudently sensitised as part of current year testing. The discount and growth rates within these assumptions are estimated using a pre-tax 
weighted-average cost of capital (“WACC”) that are indicative of current market assessments of the time value of money, based on risks specific to the market in which 
the Group operates. The primary reasons for differences in the rates between the investments are the differences in underlying risk-free rates and cost of debt across 
the geographical regions in which the Group’s investments are located. The calculation uses pre-tax cash flow projections from the 3 year mid-range plan for the period 
ending 31st December 2024. At the end of the discrete budget period, a terminal value is calculated based on terminal growth rate assumptions for each investment.

The WACC and terminal growth rates assessed for each investment are 12.4% & 2.0% for the UK and 12.9% & 2.0% for the Americas, respectively. With respect to the 
investment in Mpac Lambert, the recoverable amount exceeds the carrying value of the investment by £3.8m at 31 December 2021. The combination of a reasonably 
possible reduction in revenue growth in 2023 and 2024 from 10% to 6%, a decrease in the operating margin generated by the company in the terminal value calculation 
from 12% to 11% and a reasonably possible increase in the discount rate from 12.4% to 13.5% would reduce the excess of recoverable amounts to £nil. No other reasonably 
possible changes in assumptions in the value in use calculation would generate any impairment in respect of the other investments held by the Company.

Amounts owed by Group undertakings
Amounts owed by Group undertakings for the Company are not repayable within 12 months of the year end of these financial statements.

A rate of interest of 3.75% has been charged on the loan, resulting in an interest receivable of £0.4m in the year for the Company.

16.  Deferred tax assets and liabilities
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are attributable to the following:

Assets

Liabilities

Group
Employee benefits
Tax losses
Acquired intangible assets

Deferred tax assets/(liabilities)
Net deferred tax assets/(liabilities)

Company
Employee benefits
Deferred tax liabilities
Net deferred tax liabilities

2021 
£m
–
3.4
–

3.4
3.4

Assets

2021 
£m
–
–
–

2020 *Restated 
£m
–
3.5
–

3.5
3.5

2020 
£m
–
–
–

2021 
£m
(12.5)
–
(2.0)

(14.5)
(14.5)

Liabilities

2021 
£m
(12.5)
(12.5)
(12.5)

2020 Restated* 
£m
(4.9)
–
(1.8)

(6.7)
(6.7)

2020 
£m
(4.9)
(4.9)
(4.9)

Net

2021 
£m
(12.5)
1.4
–

(11.1)
(11.1)

Net

2021 
£m
(12.5)
(12.5)
(12.5)

2020 Restated* 
£m
(4.9)
1.7
–

(3.2)
(3.2)

2020 
£m
(4.9)
(4.9)
(4.9)

Deferred tax is measured at the rates that are expected to apply in the period when the temporary differences are expected to reverse, based on tax rates and 
laws that have been enacted or substantively enacted by the statement of financial position date.

No deferred tax is recognised on the unremitted earnings of overseas subsidiaries and associates. As the earnings are continually reinvested by the Group, no tax 
is expected to be payable on them in the foreseeable future.

25 Corporate governance46 Financial statements 
 
Mpac Group plc 

Annual Report & Accounts 2021

81

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

16.  Deferred tax assets and liabilities continued
Unrecognised deferred tax assets
Deferred tax assets have not been recognised in respect of temporary differences arising in certain subsidiary companies.

These assets are only recognised to the extent that it is probable that taxable profits will be available against which the deferred tax asset can be utilised. At the year 
end, the Group had £3.1m of unrecognised deferred tax assets (2020: £4.6m) and the Company had £2.1m of unrecognised deferred tax assets (2020: £1.2m) which 
would become recoverable if the relevant companies were to make sufficient profits in the future. Under current tax legislation, these tax assets expire as follows:

Expiry
10 to 20 years
No expiry date

Movement in temporary differences during the year

Group
Employee benefits
Corporation tax losses
Investment tax credits
Acquired intangible assets

Group - Restated*
Employee benefits
Tax losses
Investment tax credits
Acquired intangible assets

Company
Employee benefits

Company
Employee benefits

* see note 34 for further details of the prior year restatement

Group

2021 
£m
–
3.1
3.1

2020 Restated* 
£m
–
4.6
4.6

Balance at  
1 January  
2021 
£m
(4.9)
2.9
0.7
(1.9)
(3.2)

Balance at  
1 January  
2020 
£m
(7.2)
1.3
1.3
(1.6)
(6.2)

Recognised in  
profit or loss 
£m
0.3
–
–
(0.1)
0.2

Recognised in  
profit or loss 
£m
0.1
1.6
–
0.2
1.9

Recognised  
in other 
comprehensive 
income/(expense) 
£m
(7.9)
–
–
–
(7.9)

Recognised  
in other 
comprehensive 
income/(expense) 
£m
2.2
–
–
–
2.2

Investment tax 
credits utilised
–
–
(0.2)
–
(0.2)

Investment tax 
credits utilised
–
–
(0.6)
–
(0.6)

Recorded on  
acquisition 
£m
–
–
–
–
–

Recorded on  
acquisition 
£m
–
–
–
(0.5)
(0.5)

Balance at  
1 January 
2021 
£m
(4.9)
(4.9)

Balance at  
1 January 
2020 
£m
(7.2)
(7.2)

Recognised in  
profit or loss 
£m
0.3
0.3

Recognised in  
profit or loss 
£m
0.1
0.1

Recognised  
in other 
comprehensive 
income/(expense) 
£m
(7.9)
(7.9)

Recognised  
in other 
comprehensive 
income/(expense) 
£m
2.2
2.2

Balance at  
31 December  
2021 
£m
(12.5)
2.9
0.5
(2.0)
(11.1)

Balance at  
31 December  
2020 
£m
(4.9)
2.9
0.7
(1.9)
(3.2)

Balance at  
31 December  
2021 
£m
(12.5)
(12.5)

Balance at  
31 December  
2020 
£m
(4.9)
(4.9)

46 Financial statements25 Corporate governance 
 
 
t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

  Mpac Group plc

Annual Report & Accounts 2021

82

Notes to the accounts continued

17.  Inventories

Work in progress
Finished goods

Group

2021 
£m
0.6
4.9
5.5

2020  
£m
0.9
2.6
3.5

Company

2021 
£m
–
–
–

2020 
£m
–
–
–

2020 
£m
–
–
–

An amount of £0.5m (2020: £0.1m) has been charged in the year in respect of inventory write-downs.

18.  Contract assets & liabilities; contract fulfilment assets
The following table provides information about receivables, contract assets and contract liabilities from contracts with customers traded over time.

Receivables, which are included in ‘Trade and other receivables’
Contract assets
Contract liabilities

Group

2021 
£m
11.4
12.7
(17.5)

2020 
£m
6.8
8.5
(18.2)

Company

2021 
£m
–
–
–

Revenue recognised which is included in the contract liability balance at the 
beginning of the period
Increases due to cash received, excluding amounts recognised as revenue during 
the period
Transfers from contract assets recognised at the beginning of the period to 
receivables
Increases as a result of changes recognised in the measure of progress

Group

Contract 
assets

Contract 
liabilities

Company

Contract 
assets

Contract 
liabilities

–

–

(8.5)
12.7

18.2

(17.5)

–
–

–

–

–
–

–

–

–
–

The Group applies the practical expedient in paragraph 121 of IFRS 15 and does not disclose information about remaining performance obligations that have 
original expected durations of one year or less.

The Group applies the practical expedient in paragraph 94 of IFRS 15 and recognises the incremental costs of obtaining contracts as an expense when incurred if 
the amortisation period of the asset that the Group otherwise would have recognised is one year or less.

The Group’s contracts with customers are predominantly for one year or less, accordingly the Group applies the practical expedient in paragraph 63 of IFRS 15 and 
does not adjust the promised amount of consideration for the effects of any financing component.

Contract fulfilment assets
These assets are recognised under paragraph 95 of IFRS 15 in respect of expenditure incurred which will satisfy future performance obligations. 

Contract fulfilment assets 

Group

2021 
£m
0.8

2020 
£m

1.0

Company

2021 
£m
–

2020 
£m

–

25 Corporate governance46 Financial statements 
 
 
19.  Trade and other receivables

Current assets:
Contract assets – see note 18
Contract fulfilment assets – see note 18
Trade receivables
Amounts owed by Group undertakings
Other receivables
Prepayments and accrued income
Foreign currency derivatives

20.  Interest-bearing loans and borrowings

Non-current liabilities:
Repayable in more than five years

Group

2021 
£m

12.7
0.8
15.1
–
1.2
4.5
0.2
34.5

Group

2021 
£m

0.9
0.9

2020 
£m

8.5
1.0
13.4
–
0.9
7.8
0.6
32.2

2020 
£m

0.9
0.9

Company

2021 
£m

–
–
–
3.0
–
0.7
1.0
4.7

Company

2021 
£m

0.9
0.9

2020 
£m

–
–
–
3.2
0.1
0.6
0.7
4.6

2020 
£m

0.9
0.9

An interest rate of 6% is charged on the above loan, generating an expense of £0.1m (2020: £0.1m) that has been recognised as part of the underlying finance 
expense in the income statement.

Preference shares
The preference shares carry a fixed cumulative preferential dividend at the rate of 6% per annum and on the winding-up of the Company entitle the holders to 
repayment of the capital paid up thereon (together with a sum equal to any arrears or deficiency of the fixed dividend calculated to the date of the return of capital 
and to be payable irrespective of whether such dividend has been declared or earned or not) in priority to any payment to the holders of the ordinary shares. 
The preference shares do not entitle the holders to any further participation in the profits or assets of the Company.

The preference shareholders are not entitled to receive notice of or to attend or vote at any general meeting unless either:

  at the date of the notice convening the meeting, the dividend on the preference shares is six months in arrears (for this purpose the dividend on the preference 
shares is deemed to be payable half-yearly on 30 June and 31 December); or

  the business of the meeting includes the consideration of a resolution for the winding-up of the Company, or for reducing its share capital or for sanctioning a 
sale of the undertaking, or any resolution directly and adversely affecting any of the special rights or privileges attached to the preference shares.

There were no arrears in the payment of preference dividends at the statement of financial position date. Preference dividends paid amounted to 
£0.1m (2020: £0.1m).

Mpac Group plc 

Annual Report & Accounts 2021

83

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

46 Financial statements25 Corporate governance 
 
 
  Mpac Group plc

Annual Report & Accounts 2021

84

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

Notes to the accounts continued

21.  Reconciliation of net cash flow to movement in net funds

Group

Company

Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents
Change in net funds resulting from cash flows
Translation movements
Movement in net funds in the period
Opening net funds
Movement in lease liabilities under IFRS 16:
Non-cash movement
Cash movement
Closing net funds

Analysis of net funds:
Cash and cash equivalents – current assets

Interest-bearing loans and borrowings – non-current liabilities
Lease liabilities
Closing net funds

22.  Trade and other payables

Current liabilities:
Contract liabilities – see note 18

Trade payables
Amounts owed to Group undertakings
Other taxes and social security
Other payables
Accruals and deferred income
Foreign currency derivatives

23.  Provisions

Group
Balance at 1 January
Provisions created in the year
Utilised during the year
Unused amounts reversed
Balance at 31 December

2021 
£m
(1.3)
(1.3)
0.3
(1.0)
10.4

(2.8)
1.0
7.6

14.5

(0.9)
(6.0)
7.6

Group

2021 
£m

17.5

12.8
–
0.7
2.6
5.1
0.8
39.5

2020 
£m
(3.2)
(3.2)
(0.2)
(3.4)
13.2

(0.3)
0.9
10.4

15.5

(0.9)
(4.2)
10.4

2020 
£m

18.2

13.1
–
0.8
3.3
5.6
0.1
41.1

2021 
£m
0.6
0.6
–
0.6
2.5

–
–
3.1

4.0

(0.9)
–
3.1

Company

2021 
£m

–

0.8
37.8
–
0.6
1.7
1.0
41.9

2021 
£m
1.4
0.3
(0.4)
(0.7)
0.6

2020 
£m
(5.5)
(5.5)
–
(5.5)
8.0

–
–
2.5

3.4

(0.9)
–
2.5

2020 
£m

–

0.5
34.3
–
0.4
2.2
0.7
38.1

2020 
£m
1.3
1.2
(0.6)
(0.5)
1.4

Provisions are based on historical data and a weighting of all possible outcomes against their associated possibilities. Group provisions relate primarily to product 
warranties. Except for specific identifiable claims, they are generally utilised within one year of the statement of financial position date.

25 Corporate governance46 Financial statements 
 
Mpac Group plc 

Annual Report & Accounts 2021

85

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

24.  Employee benefits
Defined contribution pension schemes
The Group operates a number of defined contribution pension schemes for employees. Contributions to these schemes are recognised as an expense in the 
consolidated income statement as they fall due.

Defined benefit pension schemes
The Group is responsible for defined benefit pension schemes in the UK and the USA. All schemes are funded by Group companies as necessary, at rates 
determined by independent actuaries and as agreed between the trustees of the schemes and the sponsoring company.

The defined benefit pension schemes are administered by bodies that are legally separate from the Group. The trustees of the schemes are required by law to act 
in the interest of the schemes and of all relevant stakeholders in the schemes. The trustees of the schemes are responsible for the investment policies in respect 
of the assets of the schemes.

The pension schemes typically expose the Group to certain risks. These include the risk of investment under-performance, a fall in interest rates, an increase in life 
expectancy and an increase in inflation.

UK pension scheme
The Group operated one defined benefit pension scheme in the UK in which future accruals ceased in November 2012. The assets of the scheme are held 
separately from those of the Company and it is funded by the Company as necessary in order to ensure that the scheme can meet the expected benefit 
obligations. The funding policy is to ensure that the assets held by the scheme in the future are adequate to meet expected liabilities, allowing for future increases 
in pensions. The only assets of the scheme which are invested in the Company are an interest in the cumulative preference shares of the Company with an 
estimated current market value of £0.2m.

The most recent formal actuarial valuation of the scheme was carried out as at 30 June 2018 using the projected unit credit method. The market value of the 
scheme assets at that date was £411.3m and the funding level was 92% of liabilities, which represented a deficit of £35.2m. The principal terms of the deficit 
funding agreement between the Company and the Fund’s Trustees, which is effective until 31 July 2024, but is subject to reassessment every three years are 
as follows:

  the Company will continue to pay a sum of £1.9m per annum to the scheme (increasing at 2.1 per cent. per annum) in deficit recovery payments;

  if underlying operating profit (operating profit before non-underlying items) in any year is in excess of £5.5m, the Company will pay to the scheme an amount of 
33% of the difference between the annual underlying operating profit and £5.5m, subject to a cap on underlying operating profit of £10.0m for the purpose of 
calculating this payment; this part of the agreement will fall away in 2021 if the funding deficit is below certain levels; and

  payments of dividends by Mpac Group plc will not exceed the value of payments being made to the scheme in any one year.

The deficit recovery period from 30 June 2018 was estimated to be six years and one month, which is scheduled to be formally reassessed following the 
completion of the actuarial valuation being carried out as at 30 June 2021.

During the year, the Company paid deficit recovery contributions of £1.9m (2020: £1.9m). A contribution of £0.4m (2020: £0.8m), in accordance with the profit 
sharing arrangement in the schedule of contributions, was also paid. 

The Company accounts for pension costs under IAS 19 Employee benefits and the valuation used has been based on detailed actuarial valuation work carried out 
as at 30 June 2018, updated by the Company’s actuary to assess the value of the liabilities of the scheme at 31 December 2021. Scheme assets are stated at their 
market value at 31 December 2021.

USA pension schemes
In the USA, the Group has three defined benefit pension schemes, all of which are closed to future accrual. Formal independent actuarial valuations of the USA 
pension schemes were carried out as at 1 January 2021 using the projected unit credit method. The valuations under IAS 19 at 31 December 2021 have been based 
on these actuarial valuations, updated for conditions existing at the year end.

Employer contributions of £0.3m (2020: £0.3m) were paid during the year.

46 Financial statements25 Corporate governance 
 
 
  Mpac Group plc

Annual Report & Accounts 2021

86

Notes to the accounts continued

24.  Employee benefits continued
Assumptions
The key financial assumptions used to calculate scheme liabilities and the financing expense on pension scheme balances are as follows:

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

Discount rate
Inflation rate
– CPI
– RPI
Increases to pensions in payment
– final salary benefits
– career average benefits

UK (Company)
2021
1.8%

2.9%
3.4%

2.9%
2.2%

2020
1.4%

2.4%
2.9%

2.4%
2.0%

USA

2021
2.5%

n/a
n/a

n/a
n/a

2020
2.1%

n/a
n/a

n/a
n/a

The assumptions relating to longevity underlying the pension liabilities of the defined benefit pension schemes at the statement of financial position date are 
based on standard actuarial mortality tables and include an allowance for future improvements in longevity. The assumptions are equivalent to expecting an 
individual to live for a number of years as follows:

Current pensioner aged 65 – male
Current pensioner aged 65 – female
Future retirees currently aged 45 upon reaching age 65 – male
Future retirees currently aged 45 upon reaching age 65 – female

UK scheme
21.8 years
24.4 years
23.0 years
25.8 years

USA schemes
20.5 years
22.5 years
20.6 years
23.0 years

At 31 December 2021, the weighted average duration of the defined benefit obligation in the UK scheme was 14 years (2020: 15 years) and in the USA schemes was 
9 years (2020: 10 years).

Significant actuarial assumptions for the determination of the defined benefit obligations are discount rate, inflation rate and mortality. The sensitivity analysis 
below has been determined assuming that all other assumptions are held constant.

Changes in values of pension schemes’ liabilities before tax as at 31 December 2021
0.1% change in discount rate
0.1% change in inflation rate
Change in life expectancy by one year on average

UK scheme
£6.2m
£3.4m
£22.9m

USA schemes
£0.4m
n/a
£0.5m

25 Corporate governance46 Financial statements 
 
Mpac Group plc 

Annual Report & Accounts 2021

87

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

24.  Employee benefits continued
Categories of assets and funded status
The fair values of scheme assets were as follows:

UK equities
Overseas equities
Bonds – index linked gilts
Bonds – other
Properties – funds
Properties – directly owned
Absolute return funds
Other
Total fair (bid) value of scheme assets
Present value of defined benefit obligations
Defined benefit asset/(liability)

UK (Company)
2021 
£m
1.5
56.5
153.3
37.8
35.0
2.2
122.7
44.1
453.1
417.4
35.7

2020 
£m
1.3
47.4
136.8
64.2
35.5
2.2
120.4
33.1
440.9
426.9
14.0

USA

Group

2021 
£m
–
3.1
–
6.8
–
–
–
–
9.9
12.4
(2.5)

2020 
£m
–
3.1
–
6.4
0.6
–
–
–
10.1
13.1
(3.0)

2021 
£m
1.5
59.6
153.3
44.6
35.0
2.2
122.7
44.1
463.0
429.8
33.2

2020 
£m
1.3
50.5
136.8
70.6
36.1
2.2
120.4
33.1
451.0
440.0
11.0

All equities, bonds, property funds and absolute return funds have quoted prices in active markets. Directly owned properties are subject to an independent valuation.

Disclosed defined benefit pension income/expense for financial year
A)  Components of defined benefit pension income/expense
Net defined benefit pension expense recognised in the consolidated income statement comprises:

Past service costs/(gains)
Interest expense/(income)
Administration costs
(Income)/expense recognised in 
income statement

UK (Company)
2021 
£m
–
(0.2)
1.0

0.8

2020 
£m
0.2
(0.4)
0.8

0.6

USA

Group

2021 
£m
–
0.1
0.2

0.3

2020 
£m
–
0.1
0.1

0.2

2021 
£m
–
(0.1)
1.2

1.1

2020 
£m
0.2
(0.3)
0.9

0.8

Past service costs of £0.2m were recognised in the prior year in respect of the November 2020 ruling in relation to GMP equalisation.

B)  Statements of comprehensive income (“SOCI”)
The actuarial gains recognised in the SOCI in respect of pensions were £20.7m (2020: losses of £8.8m), comprising actuarial gains of £20.2m (2020: losses of 
£8.5m) for the UK defined benefit pension scheme and actuarial gains of £0.5m (2020: losses of £0.3m) for the USA schemes, all figures before tax.

Actual return on scheme assets
The actual return on scheme assets were gains of £30.2m (2020: £36.4m), comprising gains of £29.7m (2020: £35.4m) for the UK defined benefit pension scheme 
and gains of £0.5m (2020: gains of £1.0m) for the USA schemes, all figures before tax.

46 Financial statements25 Corporate governance 
 
 
  Mpac Group plc

Annual Report & Accounts 2021

Notes to the accounts continued

88

24.  Employee benefits continued
Reconciliation of the present value of defined benefit obligations

Present value of defined benefit 
obligations at 1 January
Past service cost/(gains)
Interest cost
Actuarial losses/(gains)
– changes in demographic assumptions
– changes in financial assumptions
– experience
Benefit payments
Retranslation
Present value of defined benefit 
obligations at 31 December

Reconciliation of the fair value of scheme assets

Fair value of scheme assets at 1 January
Interest income
Actuarial gains/(losses)
– return on scheme assets
Company contributions
Administration expenses
Benefit payments
Retranslation
Fair value of scheme assets at 
31 December

UK (Company)
2021 
£m

426.9
–
5.8

7.7
(1.7)
(2.6)
(18.7)
–

417.4

UK (Company)
2021 
£m
440.9
6.1

23.6
2.3
(1.0)
(18.8)
–

2020 
£m

403.2
0.2
7.5

0.9
38.5
(3.4)
(20.0)
–

426.9

2020 
£m
423.6
7.9

27.5
2.7
(0.8)
(20.0)
–

453.1

440.9

USA

2021 
£m

13.1
–
0.3

–
(0.2)
–
(1.0)
0.2

12.4

USA

2021 
£m
10.1
0.2

0.3
0.3
(0.2)
(0.9)
0.1

9.9

2020 
£m

13.5
–
0.4

–
0.9
–
(1.2)
(0.5)

13.1

2020 
£m
10.4
0.3

0.7
0.3
(0.1)
(1.2)
(0.3)

10.1

Group

2021 
£m

440.0
–
6.1

7.7
(1.9)
(2.6)
(19.7)
0.2

2020 
£m

416.7
0.2
7.9

0.9
39.4
(3.4)
(21.2)
(0.5)

429.8

440.0

Group

2021 
£m
451.0
6.3

23.9
2.6
(1.2)
(19.7)
0.1

463.0

2020 
£m
434.0
8.2

28.2
3.0
(0.9)
(21.2)
(0.3)

451.0

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

25 Corporate governance46 Financial statements 
 
Mpac Group plc 

Annual Report & Accounts 2021

89

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

24.  Employee benefits continued
Experience gains and losses for the year

Fair value of scheme assets
Defined benefit obligations
Net asset/(liability)

Actuarial gains/(losses) on scheme assets
Actuarial (losses)/gains on defined 
benefit obligations
Net gain/(loss) recognised in the SOCI 
during the year

UK (Company)
2021 
£m
453.1
(417.4)
35.7

23.6

(3.4)

20.2

2020 
£m
440.9
(426.9)
14.0

27.5

(36.0)

(8.5)

USA

Group

2021 
£m
9.9
(12.4)
(2.5)

0.3

0.2

0.5

2020 
£m
10.1
(13.1)
(3.0)

0.7

(1.0)

(0.3)

2021 
£m
463.0
(429.8)
33.2

23.9

(3.2)

20.7

Movements in the net liability/asset of defined benefit pension schemes recognised in the Statements of financial position

Net asset/(liability) for employee benefits 
at 1 January
Expense recognised in the income 
statement (see below)
Company contributions
Actuarial (losses)/gains recognised in 
the SOCI 
Retranslation
Net asset/(liability) for employee benefits 
at 31 December

UK (Company)
2021 
£m

14.0

(0.8)
2.3

20.2
–

35.7

2020 
£m

20.4

(0.6)
2.7

(8.5)
–

14.0

USA

Group

2021 
£m

(3.0)

(0.3)
0.3

0.5
–

(2.5)

2020 
£m

(3.1)

(0.2)
0.3

(0.3)
0.3

(3.0)

2021 
£m

11.0

(1.1)
2.6

20.7
–

33.2

2020 
£m
451.0
440.0
11.0

28.2

(37.0)

(8.8)

2020 
£m

17.3

(0.8)
3.0

(8.8)
0.3

11.0

At the end of the life of the UK defined benefit pension scheme the Company has an unconditional right to a refund and any such refund would be paid out only on 
a net of tax basis.

Defined benefit pension schemes income/expense recognised in the consolidated income statement
The income/expense is recognised in the following line items in the consolidated income statement:

Administrative expenses
Financial expense/(income)
Net pension expense/(income)

UK (Company)
2021 
£m
1.0
(0.2)
0.8

2020 
£m
1.0
(0.4)
0.6

USA

2021 
£m
0.1
0.2
0.3

2020 
£m
0.1
0.1
0.2

Group

2021 
£m
1.1
–
1.1

2020 
£m
1.1
(0.3)
0.8

The net pension expense/(income) is included in non-underlying items.

46 Financial statements25 Corporate governance 
 
 
  Mpac Group plc

Annual Report & Accounts 2021

90

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

Notes to the accounts continued

24.  Employee benefits continued
Share-based payments
The Company currently operates a deferred share plan. Own shares are held in trust and granted to plan participants when certain conditions are met. Further 
details of the Deferred share plan, including the performance conditions and vesting periods, are in the Remuneration and Nomination Committee report on 
page 38 and in this note.

The share awards that were subject to conditional grants during the year were:

13 March 2018
1 May 2019

At 1 January  

2021
73,434
68,816
142,250

Granted
–
–
–

Lapsed
–
–
–

Exercised
  (73,434)
–
(73,434)

At 31 December 
2021
–
68,816
68,816

Granting of all conditional awards and the exercise of such awards are at nil cost to the participant. The share-based compensation charge for the year amounted 
to £0.1m (2020: £0.1m).

The fair value of the conditional awards made under the Deferred share plan has been based on the market price of the Company’s shares at the date of grant, 
reduced by the assumptions made (for the purposes of this exercise) in respect of the present value of dividends expected to be paid (at the time of grant) during 
the vesting period. The fair value of each conditional award is as follows:

Date of award
13 March 2018
1 May 2019

Fair value  
per share
178.9p
134.7p

The company introduced a Long Term Incentive Plan (“LTIP”) for certain members of its senior management during 2019. The key terms of this are set out in the 
Remuneration and Nomination Committee report on page 38 and were unchanged throughout the year. No additional incentives were issued in 2021.

The total number of shares conditionally granted under the LTIP was 555,000, at a market value of £1.66 per share, at the date of grant on 13 June 2019 and 
remained outstanding at the year end. The awards are expected to vest at 87.5% based on the performance against the targets set by the scheme. An expense of 
£0.2m has been recognised during the year (2020: £0.3m) within administration costs. No shares were forfeited, exercised, expired or exercisable during the period.

25 Corporate governance46 Financial statements 
 
25.  Capital and reserves
Share capital

Allotted, called up and fully paid
Ordinary shares of 25p each

Mpac Group plc 

Annual Report & Accounts 2021

91

2021 
£m
5.0

2020 
£m
5.0

There were 20,171,540 (2020: 20,171,540) ordinary shares in issue at the year end. The holders of the ordinary shares are entitled to one vote per share at meetings 
of the Company and to receive dividends as declared from time to time. At the year end, an employee trust held 242,144 of the ordinary shares and it has agreed to 
waive all dividends and not to exercise voting rights in respect of these shares. The Company also has in issue 900,000 6% fixed cumulative preference shares of 
£1 each (see note 20); these are classified as borrowings.

Translation reserve
The translation reserve comprises all foreign exchange differences arising from the translation of the financial statements of foreign operations.

Capital redemption reserve
The capital redemption reserve records the historical repurchase of the Company’s own shares.

Hedging reserve
The hedging reserve comprises the effective portion of the cumulative net change in the fair value of cash flow hedging instruments related to hedged 
transactions that have not yet occurred.

Investment in own shares
Included within retained earnings is the carrying value of own shares held in trust for the benefit of employees. These shares are used to service the obligations of 
the Company’s Deferred share plan. Further details of the Deferred share plan can be found in the Remuneration and Nomination Committee report on page 37 
and on page 90 in note 24.

At 31 December 2020, the employee trust held 242,144 (2020: 277,402) ordinary shares of 25p each, representing 1.2% of the issued shares (2020: 1.4%), 68,816 of 
which were subject to conditional grants. The shares held by the trust were purchased at an aggregate cost of £0.5m (2020: £0.4m). The trust purchased 38,176 
additional shares in the year at a cost of £0.2m (2020: £0.2m).

Included within retained earnings is the charge of £0.3m (2020: £0.4m) in respect of the share-based payments, as disclosed in the Remuneration report on 
page 38.

The market value of the shares held by the trust at 31 December 2021 was £1.2m (2020: £1.2m).

Dividends

Dividends to shareholders paid in the period:

2021 
£m
–

2020 
£m
–

Having considered the trading results for 2021 and the opportunities for investment in the growth of the Group, together with the continued uncertainty 
surrounding the impact of the pandemic, the Board has decided that it is not appropriate to pay a final dividend. No interim dividend was paid in 2021. Future 
dividend payments will be considered by the Board in the context of 2022 trading performance and when the Board believes it is prudent to do so.

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

46 Financial statements25 Corporate governance 
 
 
  Mpac Group plc

Annual Report & Accounts 2021

92

Notes to the accounts continued

26.  Financial risk management
The Group has exposure to credit, liquidity and market risks from its use of financial instruments.

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

These risks are regularly considered and the impact of these risks on the Group, and how to mitigate them, assessed. The Board of Directors is responsible for the 
Group’s system of internal controls and has established risk management policies to identify and analyse the risks faced by the Group, to set appropriate risk limits 
and controls, and to monitor risks and adherence to limits. The Audit Committee assists the Board in the discharge of its duty in relation to the maintenance of 
proper internal controls. Further details regarding the Audit Committee can be found in its report on pages 32 to 35.

Categories of financial instruments

Financial assets:
Derivative instruments in designated hedge accounting relationships
Derivative instruments measured at fair value through income statement
Financial assets measured at amortised cost

Financial liabilities:
Derivative instruments in designated hedge accounting relationships
Fair value through income statement
Amortised cost

Group

2021 
£m

0.2
–
30.8
31.0

0.8
0.6
27.4
28.8

2020 
£m

0.6
–
29.8
30.4

0.1
3.5
27.1
30.7

Company

2021 
£m

–
1.0
21.2
22.2

–
1.0
41.9
42.9

2020 
£m

–
0.7
17.7
18.4

–
3.1
38.3
41.4

Financial assets measured at amortised cost comprises cash and cash equivalents and trade and other receivables, excluding foreign currency derivatives.

Financial liabilities at amortised cost comprises interest-bearing loans and borrowings, lease liabilities, trade payables, other payables and accruals.

IFRS 7 Financial instruments: disclosures for financial instruments that are measured in the Statements of financial position at fair value requires disclosure of fair 
value measurements in the form of a three level fair value hierarchy, by class, for all financial instruments recognised at fair value. The Group uses the following 
hierarchy for determining and disclosing the fair value of financial instruments by valuation technique:

Level 1:  quoted (unadjusted) prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities;

Level 2:  inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly (i.e. as prices) or indirectly 

(i.e. derived from prices); and

Level 3:  inputs for the asset or liability that are not based on observable market data (unobservable inputs).

At 1 January 2021 and 31 December 2021, derivative instruments in designated hedge relationships have been identified as Level 2, and contingent earn out 
liabilities as Level 3.

Derivative instruments in designated hedge relationships
The Group has relied on analysis from third party specialists for complex valuations of forward exchange contracts. Valuation techniques have utilised observable 
forward exchange rates corresponding to the maturity of the contract. The effects of non-observable inputs are not significant to this type of financial instrument.

Contingent earn out liabilities
The fair value of the contingent earn out liabilities arising from acquisitions is determined considering the value of estimated future payments, discounted to 
present value. Payments are determined by mechanisms set out in each acquisition agreement, and are generally based on EBITDA performance over a 3-year 
period. Estimated future payments are calculated using financial projections based on operational budgets for the next 12 months and then applying growth rate 
assumptions for the following years where appropriate. Discount rates are reviewed annually for each acquisition, and range between 12.4% and 16.4%.

The most significant inputs, all of which are unobservable, are the estimated growth rates in future profits and the discount rates applied. The estimated fair value 
increases if the growth rates increase or the discount rates decrease. The overall valuations are sensitive to both assumptions. The Board considers that changing 
the above unobservable inputs to reflect other reasonably probable alternative assumptions would not result in a significant change in the estimated fair value.

25 Corporate governance46 Financial statements 
 
26.  Financial risk management continued
Credit risk
Credit risk is the risk of financial loss to the Group if a customer or counterparty to a financial instrument fails to meet its contractual obligations and arises 
principally from the Group’s receivables from customers and cash held at financial institutions. In addition, for the Company, a credit risk exists in respect of 
amounts owed by Group undertakings.

Trade receivables and contract assets
The Group ensures that the provision of credit to customers is adequately managed by each individual business in order that the risk of non-payment or delayed 
payment is minimised. The Group’s exposure to risk is influenced mainly by the individual characteristics of each customer, the industry and country in which 
customers operate. The Group has a diversified base of customers. In certain years, sales to a customer may be more than 5%, although the sales would typically 
be both original equipment and service, and to a number of different geographic regions.

The Group has written credit control policies which cover procedures for accepting new customers, setting credit limits, dealing with overdue amounts and 
delinquent payers.

An impairment loss provision against trade receivables is created where it is anticipated that the value of trade receivables is not fully recoverable. No impairments 
due to credit losses on contract assets have ever been experienced and none are predicted.

Exposure to credit risk
The carrying amount of financial assets represents the maximum credit exposure. The maximum exposure to credit risk for the Group and the Company at 
31 December was:

Trade receivables
Amounts owed by Group undertakings
Other receivables
Foreign currency derivatives
Cash and cash equivalents

Group

Company

2021 
£m
15.1
–
1.2
0.2
14.5
31.0

2020 
£m
13.4
–
0.9
0.6
15.5
30.4

2021 
£m
–
17.2
–
1.0
4.0
22.2

2020 
£m
–
14.2
0.1
0.7
3.4
18.4

The Group applies the IFRS 9 simplified model of recognising lifetime expected credit losses for all trade receivables as these items do not have a significant 
financing component. In measuring the expected credit losses, the trade receivables have been assessed on an individual basis as the risk depends upon the 
circumstances of the receivable, including the financial strength of the counterparty and the terms of the contract. They have been grouped based on the days 
past due.

Trade receivables are written off (i.e. derecognised) when there is no reasonable expectation of recovery. Failure to make payments within 180 days from the 
invoice date and failure to engage with the Group on alternative payment arrangements, amongst others, are considered indicators of no reasonable expectation 
of recovery.

Mpac Group plc 

Annual Report & Accounts 2021

93

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

46 Financial statements25 Corporate governance 
 
 
  Mpac Group plc

Annual Report & Accounts 2021

94

Notes to the accounts continued

26.  Financial risk management continued
Credit loss provisions
The ageing of trade receivables and the expected credit loss provisions for the Group at 31 December were:

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

Group
Not past due
Past due up to 30 days
Past due 31–60 days
Past due 61–90 days
Past due more than 91 days

2021

Credit 
loss provisions 
£m
–
–
–
–
–
–

Gross 
£m
9.8
4.5
0.5
0.1
0.2
15.1

Total 
£m
9.8
4.5
0.5
0.1
0.2
15.1

2020

Credit 
loss provisions 
£m
–
–
–
–
–
–

Gross 
£m
7.4
3.7
1.2
0.6
0.5
13.4

Total 
£m
7.4
3.7
1.2
0.6
0.5
13.4

The only receivable balances held by the Company are amounts owed by group undertakings and expected credit losses arising are not considered to be material.

Liquidity risk
Liquidity risk is the risk that the Group will not be able to meet its financial obligations as they fall due. The Group’s approach to managing liquidity is to hold cash 
and cash equivalents and maintain undrawn committed facilities at a level sufficient to ensure that the Group has available funds to meet its liabilities as they 
become due. Further details of the Group’s treasury policies can be found in the Financial review on pages 16 to 18.

Contractual maturities of non-derivative financial liabilities
The non-derivative financial liabilities for the Group and the Company at 31 December were:

Current liabilities:
Trade and other payables (excluding derivatives)
Lease liabilities
Non-current liabilities:
Interest-bearing loans and borrowings
Lease liabilities

Group

2021 
£m

20.5
1.8

0.9
4.2

2020 
£m

22.0
0.8

0.9
3.4

Company

2021 
£m

41.0
–

0.9
–

2020 
£m

37.4
–

0.9
–

An interest rate of 6% is charged on the above interest-bearing loan, generating an expense of £0.1m (2020: £0.1m). The loan relates to preference shares and has 
no fixed maturity. 

Trade and other payables shown as current liabilities are expected to mature within six months of the statement of financial position date.

The contractual maturities of forward foreign exchange contracts that the Group and Company had committed at 31 December are shown in the Foreign currency 
risk section in this note. The contractual maturity of lease liabilities is disclosed in note 27.

Market risk
Market risk is the risk that changes in market prices, such as interest rates and foreign exchange rates, will affect the Group’s income or the value of its holdings 
of financial instruments. Exposure to interest rate and currency risks arises in the normal course of the Group’s business. The Group does not trade in financial 
instruments and enters into derivatives (principally forward foreign exchange contracts) solely for the purpose of minimising currency exposure on sales or 
purchases in other than the functional currencies of its various operations.

The Group’s treasury policies are explained in the Financial review on pages 16 to 18.

25 Corporate governance46 Financial statements 
 
Mpac Group plc 

Annual Report & Accounts 2021

95

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

26.  Financial risk management continued
Interest rate risk
Cash and cash equivalents
The cash profile at 31 December was:

Group
Currency:
Sterling
Canadian dollar
US dollar
Euro

Company
Currency:
Sterling
Canadian dollar
US dollar
Euro

Cash at  
floating  
rates 
£m

2021

Cash on which  
no interest  
received 
£m

6.0
4.1
1.3
3.1
14.5

–
–
–
–
–

Cash at  
floating  
rates 
£m

2021

Cash on which  
no interest  
received 
£m

3.9
0.1
–
–
4.0

–
–
–
–
–

Total 
£m

6.0
4.1
1.3
3.1
14.5

Total 
£m

3.9
0.1
–
–
4.0

Cash at  
floating  
rates 
£m

2020

Cash on which  
no interest  
received 
£m

5.4
3.2
4.1
2.8
15.5

–
–
–
–
–

Cash at  
floating  
rates 
£m

2020

Cash on which  
no interest  
received 
£m

3.2
0.2
–
–
3.4

–
–
–
–
–

All cash surplus to immediate operational requirements is placed on deposit at floating rates of interest.

Interest-bearing loans and borrowings
The profile of interest-bearing loans and borrowings at 31 December was:

Group and Company
Currency:
Sterling

Borrowings at 
floating rates 
£m

2021

Borrowings at  
fixed rates 
£m

–
–

0.9
0.9

Borrowings at 
floating rates 
£m

2020

Borrowings at  
fixed rates 
£m

–
–

0.9
0.9

Total 
£m

0.9
0.9

Total 
£m

5.4
3.2
4.1
2.8
15.5

Total 
£m

3.2
0.2
–
–
3.4

Total 
£m

0.9
0.9

The borrowings at fixed rates in sterling are the fixed cumulative preference shares which are explained in more detail in note 20.

The average rate of interest on the Group’s operating lease liabilities is 3.3%, details of the contractual maturity of the leases can be found in note 27.

Sensitivity to interest rate risk
If interest rates had been 100 basis points higher/lower throughout the period, net financial income (excluding on pension scheme balances) for the Group 
would have increased/decreased by £0.1m (2020: £0.1m). This analysis assumes that all other variables, in particular foreign currency rates, remain constant and 
considers the effect of financial instruments with variable interest rates. The analysis is performed on the same basis as for the year ended 31 December 2020.

46 Financial statements25 Corporate governance 
 
 
  Mpac Group plc

Annual Report & Accounts 2021

96

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

Notes to the accounts continued

26.  Financial risk management continued
Foreign currency risk
The majority of the Group’s operations are outside of the UK, and therefore a significant portion of its business is conducted overseas in currencies other than 
sterling. As explained on page 21, foreign currency risk is one of the principal risks and uncertainties to which the Group is exposed. The Group is exposed to both 
transaction and translation risk.

Transactions in foreign currency are translated at the foreign exchange rate ruling at the date of the transaction. Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in 
foreign currencies at the statement of financial position date are translated at the foreign exchange rate ruling at that date. Foreign exchange differences arising 
on translation are recognised in the income statement.

The revenues and expenses of foreign operations are translated at an average rate for the period.

The assets and liabilities of foreign operations are translated at foreign exchange rates ruling at the statement of financial position date and foreign exchange 
differences are taken directly to the translation reserve.

The following exchange rates (relative to sterling), which are significant to the Group, applied during the period:

US dollar
Canadian dollar
Euro

Average rate
2021
1.37
1.72
1.16

2020
1.29
1.72
1.13

Closing rate
2021
1.35
1.72
1.19

2020
1.37
1.74
1.12

Forward foreign exchange contracts
The Group enters into forward foreign exchange contracts solely for the purpose of minimising currency exposures on sale and purchase transactions. The Group 
classifies its forward foreign exchange contracts used for hedging as cash flow hedges and states them at fair value.

Fair values
The fair value of forward foreign exchange contracts at 31 December was:

Cash flow hedges
Gain
Loss

Group

2021 
£m
–
(0.5)
(0.5)

2020 
£m
0.8
–
0.8

Company

2021 
£m
–
–
–

2020 
£m
–
–
–

The fair value is the gain/loss on all open forward foreign exchange contracts at the period end. These amounts are based on the market values of equivalent 
instruments at the period end date and all relate to those forward foreign exchange contracts that have been designated as effective cash flow hedges under 
IFRS 9 Financial instruments: recognition and measurement.

There were no open forward foreign exchange contracts, as at either 31 December 2021 or 2020, that had been designated as fair value hedges under IFRS 9 
Financial instruments: recognition and measurement.

During the period, a debit of £1.3m for the Group (2020: £0.5m credit) and £nil for the Company (2020: £nil) was recognised in the statements of comprehensive 
income in respect of cash flow hedges.

25 Corporate governance46 Financial statements 
 
Mpac Group plc 

Annual Report & Accounts 2021

97

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

26.  Financial risk management continued
Contractual maturity date and future cash flows
The contractual maturity date and period when cash flows are expected to occur in relation to open forward foreign exchange contracts at 31 December were:

Group
Outflow
Inflow

Company
Outflow
Inflow

Less than  
6 months  

£m
(4.7)
24.5
19.8

Less than  
6 months  

£m
–
–
–

2021

Between 
6 and 12 
months 
£m
(0.7)
8.3
7.6

2021

Between 
6 and 12 
months 
£m
–
–
–

Between  
12 and 24  
months  

£m
–
–
–

Between  
12 and 24  
months  

£m
–
–
–

Less than  
6 months  

£m
(5.6)
13.5
7.9

Less than  
6 months  

£m
–
–
–

2020

Between 
6 and 12 
months 
£m
(1.6)
5.4
3.8

2020

Between 
6 and 12 
months 
£m
–
–
–

Between  
12 and 24  
months  

£m
–
–
–

Between  
12 and 24  
months  

£m
–
–
–

Total 
£m
(5.4)
32.8
27.4

Total 
£m
–
–
–

The following movements in the cash flow hedge reserve relate to the hedges relating to cash flows from foreign currency trade receivables.

Group
Opening balance 1 January 2021 
Change in fair value of hedging instrument recognised in other comprehensive income (“OCI”) 
Reclassified from OCI to profit or loss
Closing balance at 31 December 2021

Total 
£m
(7.2)
18.9
11.7

Total 
£m
–
–
–

2021 
£m
0.8
(1.0)
(0.3)
(0.5)

No ineffectiveness arose during 2021. The hedging instrument refers to the forward contracts in their entirety, with hedging on a forward to forward basis.

The effect of hedge accounting on the Group’s financial position and performance is as follows, including the outline timing and profile of the hedging instruments:

Group
Carrying amount 
Notional amount
US dollar to Canadian dollar
Canadian dollar to euro
GBP to euro
GBP to US dollar
Hedge ratio

Average forward rates
US dollar to Canadian dollar
Canadian dollar to euro
Change in the fair value of the currency forward (excluding amounts reclassified) 
Change in the fair value of the hedged item used to determine hedge effectiveness
Amounts in the cash flow hedge reserve 

No other currency pairs at 31 December 2021 or during the year had a material value to the Group.

2021
GBP£0.2m

CA$33.0m
€6.0m
€0.1m
$9.5m
1:1

1US$:1.2550CA$
1CA$:0.693€
(£0.5m)
(£0.5m)
(£0.5m)

46 Financial statements25 Corporate governance 
 
 
  Mpac Group plc

Annual Report & Accounts 2021

98

Notes to the accounts continued

26.  Financial risk management continued
Currency profile
The currency profiles at 31 December of cash and cash equivalents and interest-bearing loans and borrowings are shown within the interest rate risk section in 
this note.

 The following analysis of financial assets and liabilities (excluding net funds/debt) shows the Group and Company exposure after the effects of forward foreign 
exchange contracts used to manage currency exposure.

The amounts shown represent the transactional exposures that give rise to net currency gains and losses which are recognised in the consolidated income 
statement. Such exposures represent the financial assets and liabilities of the Group and the Company that are not denominated in the functional currency of the 
business involved.

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

Group
Functional currency:
Sterling
Canadian dollar
Euro

Company
Functional currency:
Sterling

US dollar 
£m

2021

Euro 
£m

–
1.5
–
1.5

US dollar 
£m

12.7

–
–
–
–

Euro 
£m

–

2021

Total 
£m

–
1.5
–
1.5

Total 
£m

12.7

US dollar 
£m

0.1
2.0
0.1
2.2

US dollar 
£m

11.0

2020

2020

Euro 
£m

0.1
–
–
0.1

Euro 
£m

–

Total 
£m

0.2
2.0
0.1
2.3

Total 
£m

11.0

Sensitivity to foreign currency risk
Average exchange rates are used to translate the profits of foreign operations in the consolidated income statement. If sterling had been 10% stronger against 
all foreign currencies during the year, the effect of this on the average exchange rates used to translate profits would have decreased Group profit for the year 
by £0.4m (2020: £0.4m). If sterling had been 10% weaker against all foreign currencies during the year, the effect of this on the average exchange rates used to 
translate profits would have increased Group profit for the year by £0.5m (2020: £0.5m).

If sterling had been 10% stronger against all foreign currencies at 31 December 2021, Group equity would have increased by £0.6m (2020: £1.1m increase). 
Conversely, if sterling had been 10% weaker against all foreign currencies at 31 December 2021, Group equity would have decreased by £0.7m (2020: £1.3m 
decrease). This analysis assumes that all other variables remain constant.

Fair values
The fair value of borrowings at fixed rates for both the Group and the Company at 31 December 2021 is £0.8m (2020: £0.8m) and has been calculated by 
discounting the expected future cash flows at prevailing interest rates.

There are no other significant differences between book and fair values for any of the other financial assets or liabilities included in either the Group or Company 
statement of financial position.

Capital management
Capital comprises total equity as shown in the statements of financial position. The Group’s policy is to maintain a strong capital base so as to maintain investor, 
creditor and market confidence and to sustain the future development of the business. The Group manages its capital structure and makes adjustments to it 
in light of the economic conditions. To maintain or adjust the capital structure, the Group may adjust the dividend payment to shareholders, return capital to 
shareholders or issue new shares.

The Group monitors capital through measures of earnings per share (see note 11), return on capital employed (profit for the period divided by average equity) and 
tangible net worth (total equity before intangible assets and employee benefits, net of tax). There were no changes to the Group’s approach to capital management 
during the year and neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries are subject to externally imposed capital requirements.

25 Corporate governance46 Financial statements 
 
Mpac Group plc 

Annual Report & Accounts 2021

99

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

27.  Leases
The right-of-use assets held at the balance sheet date relates to the following asset types:

Land & buildings 
£m

Plant & machinery 
£m

Motor vehicles 
£m

Total 
£m

Group

Cost
Balance at 1 January 2020
Additions
Transfers
Balance at 31 December 2020
Additions
Disposals
Transfers
Balance at 31 December 2021

Depreciation
Balance at 1 January 2020
Charge for the period
Balance at 31 December 2020
Charge for the period
Disposals
Transfers
Balance at 31 December 2021
NBV of ROU assets 2020
NBV of ROU assets 2021

Lease liabilities
Opening liability
Additions
Disposals
Payments made
Interest charge
Effect of movements in foreign exchange rates
Closing liability
Amounts falling due after more than one year
Amounts falling due in less than one year

5.0
–
–
5.0
2.4
–
–
7.4

0.6
0.7
1.3
0.8
–
–
2.1
3.7
5.3

0.1
–
–
0.1
–
–
–
0.1

–
–
–
–
–
–
–
0.1
0.1

0.4
0.2
–
0.6
0.3
–
–
0.9

0.2
0.2
0.4
0.1
–
–
0.5
0.2
0.4

5.5
0.2
–
5.7
2.7
–
–
8.4

0.8
0.9
1.7
0.9
–
–
2.6
4.0
5.8

31 December 
2021 
£m
(4.2)
(2.7)
–
0.9
(0.1)
0.1
(6.0)
(4.2)
(1.8)

31 December 
2020 
£m
(4.8)
(0.3)
0.1
0.9
(0.1)
–
(4.2)
(3.4)
(0.8)

The Group took advantage of the exemptions available not to capitalise short-term leases with a duration of less than 12 months or leases of low-value assets. 
These leases have been treated as off-balance-sheet operating leases. There was no expense relating to either of these types of lease in the year (2020: £nil).

46 Financial statements25 Corporate governance 
 
 
  Mpac Group plc

Annual Report & Accounts 2021

Notes to the accounts continued

100

27.  Leases continued
The undiscounted payments under the leases fall due as follows:

Up to one year
One to five years
Over five years
Total undiscounted payments due under leases

28.  Capital commitments

Capital investment contracted but not provided for

29.  Contingent liabilities

Contingent liabilities in respect of guarantees and indemnities 
related to sales and other contracts

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

31 December 
2021 
£m
1.2
3.6
1.8
6.6

31 December 
2020 
£m
0.9
2.6
1.1
4.6

Company

2021 
£m
–

Company

2021 
£m

3.7

2020 
£m
–

2020 
£m

1.9

Group

2021 
£m
–

Group

2021 
£m

3.7

2020 
£m
0.1

2020 
£m

1.9

30.  Deferred contingent consideration 
2020 - Switchback Group Inc
The fair value of the contingent consideration arrangement of £1.1m was estimated by calculating the present value of the future expected cash flows. The Group’s 
forecasts identify that the maximum deferred consideration will be payable. Under IFRS 3, the Company is required to discount the contingent consideration at a 
rate reflective of the risk of the amounts not falling due. This results in a discount to the total amount of £0.1m, which is expected to be amortised over the period 
to which the amounts fall due through the interest charge. The interest during the period was £nil. The deferred consideration payable to ongoing employees of 
Switchback is £0.3m, which is treated as additional remuneration and not included in the valuation of deferred consideration under IFRS3.

2019 - Lambert Automation Limited
On 1 May 2019, Mpac acquired the entire issued share capital of Lambert Automation Limited (“Lambert”), a provider of technology leading automation solutions 
to the medical and consumer healthcare sectors, for an initial consideration of £15m (subject to adjustment for working capital movements) with a further £3.0m 
subject to Lambert achieving certain earn-out criteria and tax recoveries. 

The contingent consideration arrangement required the Group to pay the former owners of Lambert five times the average EBITDA of Lambert in excess of £2.5m 
for three years ending 31 December 2021, up to a maximum payment of £2.5m. There was no minimum amount payable. As the business did not achieve the base 
target no contingent consideration was paid, and the discounted provision of £2.4m has been released to non-underlying administrative expenses in the year.

A further £0.5m of consideration was contingent upon certain tax receipts from HMRC. This balance was settled in 2020.

25 Corporate governance46 Financial statements 
 
30.  Deferred contingent consideration continued 
Reconciliation of movement in contingent earn-out consideration

Contingent earn-out liabilities as at 31 December 2019 
Payments made during period
Unwinding of present value
Other fair value adjustments
Business acquisitions
Contingent earn-out liabilities as at 31 December 2020
Payments made during period
Unwinding of present value
Other fair value adjustments
Business acquisitions
Released to income statement
Contingent earn-out liabilities as at 31 December 2021

Group 
£m
2.8
(0.5)
0.1
–
1.1
3.5
(0.6)
0.1
–
–
(2.4)
0.6

Company 
£m
2.8
(0.5)
0.1
–
–
2.4
–
–
–
–
(2.4)
–

The contingent earn-out liabilities as at 31 December 2021 are all due within one year and are presented within other payables (Note 22).

31.  Related parties
Transactions with key management personnel
The compensation of key management personnel is disclosed in the Remuneration report on pages 37 to 38. Key management personnel comprise the Executive 
Directors only:

Short-term employment benefits
Share based payments
Total key management personnel compensation

31 December 
2021 
£m
0.8
0.2
1.0

31 December 
2020 
£m
0.7
0.2
0.9

Identity of related parties
The Company has a related party relationship with its subsidiaries (see note 33), Directors and the UK and USA defined benefit pension schemes. In the course of 
normal operations, related party transactions entered into by the Group have been contracted on an arm’s-length basis.

Details regarding transactions involving the Directors and their remuneration can be found in the Remuneration report on pages 37 to 38.

The Group recharges the UK defined benefit pension scheme with the costs of administration incurred by the Group. The total amount recharged in the year to 
31 December 2021 was £0.1m (2020: £0.2m).

Mpac Group plc 

Annual Report & Accounts 2021

101

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

46 Financial statements25 Corporate governance 
 
 
  Mpac Group plc

Annual Report & Accounts 2021

102

Notes to the accounts continued

32.  Group entities
All intra-group related party transactions and outstanding balances are eliminated in the preparation of the consolidated financial statements of the Group and 
therefore in accordance with IAS 24 Related party disclosures are not disclosed.

Subsidiary undertakings
Details of all subsidiary undertakings are shown below. Subsidiary undertakings are, unless otherwise shown in brackets below, registered in England and Wales. 
Unless otherwise specified below, all subsidiaries are 100% owned by the Company.

Principal subsidiary undertakings
Registered office
6500 Kitimat Road, Unit 1, Mississauga, Ontario LN5 2B8, Canada
Edisonstraat 14, 6604 BV Wijchen, The Netherlands
8 Burn Road, #09-01 Trivex, Singapore 369977
Station Estate, Tadcaster, North Yorkshire, LS24 9SG
5638 Transportation Blvd., Garfield Heights, OH 44125, USA
Subsidiary undertakings registered at Mpac Group plc registered office
Arista Laboratories Europe Limited
Hartsvale Limited
Mpac Corporate Services Limited
Mpac ITCM Limited
Overseas subsidiary undertakings
Registered office
6500 Kitimat Road, Unit 1, Mississauga, Ontario LN5 2B8, Canada

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

Molmac Engineering Limited
Thrissell Limited
Mpac Group Holdings Limited

Subsidiary undertakings
Mpac Langen, Inc. (Canada)
Mpac Langen B.V. (Netherlands)
Mpac Langen Pte. Ltd (Singapore)
Mpac Lambert Limited (UK)
Mpac Switchback Inc. (USA)

Mpac Machine Company Limited
Mpac Machinery Limited
Mpac Overseas Holdings Limited
Mpac Tobacco Machinery Limited

Subsidiary undertakings
1456074 Ontario, Inc. (Canada)
928142 Ontario, Inc. (Canada)
Mpac Corporation (USA)
ITCM North America, Inc. (USA)
Mpac Delaware, Inc. (USA)
Mpac Laboratories, Inc. (USA)
SASIB Corporation of America (USA)
Mpac Machine Company, Inc. (USA)
Mpac Richmond, Inc. (USA)

During the year ended 31 December 2021, the Company received interest income from subsidiary undertakings of £0.5m (2020: £nil), management fees of £2.3m 
(2020: £2.3m) and brand fees of £3.0m (2020: £2.7m).

At 31 December 2021, amounts owed by subsidiary undertakings to the Company were £17.2m (2020: £14.2m) and amounts owed by the Company to subsidiary 
undertakings were £37.8m (2020: £34.3m). The amounts owed by subsidiary undertakings to the Company are stated after a provision of £12.5m (2020: £12.2m) 
representing amounts owed to the Company which are no longer considered recoverable.

At 31 December 2021, investments in subsidiaries by the Company were £63.8m (2020: £63.8m).

25 Corporate governance46 Financial statements 
 
33.  Accounting estimates and judgements
The development, selection and disclosure of the Group’s critical accounting policies and estimates, and the application of these policies and estimates, are 
considered as part of the remit of the Audit Committee.

Estimates and judgements
Estimates and underlying assumptions are reviewed on an ongoing basis, with revisions recognised in the year in which the estimates are revised and in any future 
years affected. The areas involving significant risk resulting in a material adjustment to the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities within the next financial year 
are as follows:

Significant judgements
Revenue recognition
The Group recognises revenue and gross margin on long-term contracts over time, in accordance with IFRS 15, based upon the total number of hours expected to 
be used on the contract and the number of hours required to complete the contract. Labour hours have been selected as the most faithful depiction of progress 
(and hence the transfer of goods and services) as this most accurately reflects how Mpac provides value to the customer. Mpac delivers innovative, efficient, and 
technically robust solutions, with the time allocated to projects of Mpac engineers and technicians being the main driver to bring projects to fruition. Total expected 
revenue, the number of hours and cost of materials to complete the contract reflect management’s best estimate of the probable future benefits and obligations 
associated with the contract. Obligations on contracts may result in penalties due to late completion of contractual milestones or unanticipated costs due to 
project modifications, unexpected conditions or events. Further detail in respect of revenue recognition is shown in the accounting policies note and note 1.

Labour hours have been selected as the most faithful depiction of progress (and hence the transfer of goods and services) as this most accurately reflects how 
Mpac provides value to the customer. Material costs incurred are not considered to be proportionate to the Group’s progress in satisfying progress on contracts 
for which revenue is recognised over time and therefore revenue in respect of materials is recognised at an amount equal to the cost of good used to satisfy the 
performance obligation.

Areas of significant estimation
Pension accounting
Changes to key assumptions used for calculating the net pension asset/liability of the Group can have a significant impact on the accounting valuation of the 
Group’s defined benefit pension schemes. The key assumptions used in calculating the net pension asset/liability for the Group are disclosed in note 24. The value 
of the schemes’ liabilities is particularly sensitive to the discount, inflation and mortality rates used. An analysis of the impact on the net pension asset/liability to 
changes in these assumptions is also disclosed in note 24.

Deferred tax
Management have recognised a deferred tax asset of £3.6m (2020: £3.4m) based on historic losses and investment tax credits. The assessment of this utilisation 
is based on the Group’s latest budget, which is adjusted for significant non-taxable income and expenses, along with specific limits to the utilisation of the tax 
credits. Further details of the asset is in note 16.

Impairment of goodwill
The Group considers whether intangible assets and/or goodwill are impaired. Where an indication of impairment is identified the estimation of recoverable value 
requires assessment of the recoverable value of the cash generating units ("CGUs"). Determining whether goodwill balances are impaired requires an estimation 
of the value in use of the CGUs to which the value has been allocated. The value in use calculation requires the Group to estimate the future cash flows anticipated 
to arise from the CGUs and to apply a reasonable discount rate in order to calculate present value. The Group is required to perform an impairment review to 
determine whether the carrying value of goodwill balances are less than the recoverable amount annually. The recoverable amount is based on a calculation of 
expected future cash flows, which include estimates of future performance. Details of assumptions used in the review of goodwill balances are detailed in note 12.

Mpac Group plc 

Annual Report & Accounts 2021

103

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

46 Financial statements25 Corporate governance 
 
 
  Mpac Group plc

Annual Report & Accounts 2021

104

Notes to the accounts continued

34.  Prior year adjustment
Following a review of the Group’s compliance with certain technical aspects of IAS 12, additional deferred tax assets have been recognised in the consolidated 
statement of financial position. Deferred tax liabilities have historically been recognised on consolidation in relation to acquired intangible assets appropriately; 
however, deferred tax assets have not been recognised in respect of losses where there has been uncertainty around when future taxable profits will be generated 
to enable the Group to utilise the losses. The Group has now reconsidered the requirements of IAS 12 and, where taxable losses are held which relate to the same 
jurisdiction as the Group entities expect to benefit from the intangible assets, deferred tax assets have been recognised.

This accounting change has no impact on the underlying results or the cash flow of the Group and no impact on the Company results

The impact of the adjustments on the Group financial statements are as follows:

Group statement of financial position

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

Deferred tax liability
Effect on net assets 
Retained earnings
Effect on total equity

Group income statement

Profit before tax
Taxation
Profit for the period

2020 
as reported 
£m

Adjustment 
£m

(6.7)
44.4
8.2
44.4

1.8
1.8
1.8
1.8

2020 
Restated 
£m

(4.9)
46.2
10.0
46.2

2019 
as reported 
£m

Adjustment 
£m

(8.8)
47.5
11.3
47.5

0.9
0.9
0.9
0.9

2020 
as reported 
£m
2.9
0.4
3.3

Impact of 
restatement 
£m
–
0.9
0.9

2019 
Restated 
£m

(7.9)
48.4
12.2
48.4

2020 
Restated 
£m
2.9
1.3
4.2

All of the taxation reported and restated has been considered to be non-underlying. 

Earnings per share
The resultant impact on the earnings per share of the Group are summarised below:

Basic profit per share
Diluted profit per share

There is no impact on underlying and diluted underlying earnings per share.

2020 
as reported 
p
16.3
16.2

Impact of 
restatement 
p
4.5
4.5

2020 
Restated 
p
20.8
20.7

25 Corporate governance46 Financial statements 
 
Five-year record

Revenue
Underlying operating profit/(loss)1
Non-underlying items
Operating profit/(loss)
Net financing expense
Profit/(Loss) before tax
Taxation
Profit/(Loss) for the period from continuing operations
(Loss)/profit for the period from discontinued operations
Profit/(Loss) for the period
Underlying operating return on sales1
Underlying earnings/(loss) per share1
Basic earnings/(loss) per share
Dividends per ordinary share in respect of the year
Intangible assets
Property, plant and equipment and investment property
Inventories
Trade and other receivables (including taxation)
Employee benefits

Trade and other payables (including taxation and provisions)

Cash
Net assets
1.  Before non-underlying items

* See note 34 for further details of the prior year restatement

2021 
£m
94.3
8.8
(0.5)
8.3
(0.1)
8.2
(0.4)
7.8
–
7.8
9.3%
39.7p
39.1p
–
25.3
10.6
5.5
36.5
33.2

(60.2)
50.9
14.5
65.4

2020 Restated* 
£m
83.7
6.5
(3.6)
2.9
–
2.9
1.3
4.2
–
4.2
7.8%
31.4p
20.8p
–
27.4
9.9
3.5
36.6
11.0

2019 Restated* 
£m
88.8
7.7
(2.4)
5.3
0.1
5.4
1.4
6.8
–
6.8
8.7%
39.5p
29.7p
–
16.3
11.7
3.2
31.1
17.3

(57.7)
30.7
15.5
46.2

(50.1)
29.5
18.9
48.4

2018 
£m
58.3
1.4
(9.0)
(7.6)
0.2
(7.4)
1.4
(6.0)
–
(6.0)
2.4%
4.5p
(30.1)p
–
1.0
5.2
2.4
26.5
14.3

(36.7)
12.7
27.9
40.6

2017 
£m
53.4
1.3
3.3
4.6
(0.3)
4.3
(1.9)
2.4
(0.8)
1.6
2.4%
4.2p
20.6p
–
0.9
4.8
2.4
22.7
11.4

(29.7)
12.5
30.3
42.8

Mpac Group plc 

Annual Report & Accounts 2021

105

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

46 Financial statements25 Corporate governance 
 
 
  Mpac Group plc

Annual Report & Accounts 2021

106

Principal divisions and subsidiaries

The divisions and subsidiary undertakings shown include those which principally affect the profits and net assets of the Group as at the date of this report. 
Overseas companies operate and are incorporated in the countries in which they are based. In all cases, the class of shares held is ordinary equity shares (or 
equivalent) and the proportion held is 100% unless otherwise indicated. Shares in the UK companies are held directly by Mpac Group plc and those in the other 
overseas subsidiaries by intermediate holding companies.

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

Americas
Mpac Langen, Inc.
6500 Kitimat Road, Unit 1 
Mississauga 
Ontario L5N 2B8 
Canada

Tel: +1 905 670 7200 
E-mail: info.americas@mpac-group.com

Mpac Switchback Group
5638 Transportation Blvd 
Garfield Heights 
OH 44125 
USA

Tel: +1 216 290 6040 
E-mail: info.switchback@mpac-group.com

Europe, Middle East & Africa
Mpac Langen B.V.
Edisonstraat 14 
6604 BV Wijchen 
The Netherlands

Tel: +31 24 648 6655 
E-mail: info.emea@mpac-group.com

Mpac Lambert Limited
Station Estate 
Tadcaster 
North Yorkshire 
LS24 9SG 
United Kingdom

Tel: +44 (0)1937 832921 
E-mail: sales.emea@mpac-group.com

Asia Pacific
Mpac Langen Pte. Ltd
8 Burn Road, 
#09–01 Trivex, 
Singapore 369977

Tel: +65 63 39 96 66 
E-mail: info.asia@mpac-group.com

25 Corporate governance46 Financial statements 
 
Notice of Annual General Meeting

Notice is hereby given that the 110th Annual General Meeting (the “Meeting”) 
of Mpac Group plc (the Company) will be held at Hudson Sandler LLP, 25 
Charterhouse Square, Barbican, London, EC1M 6AE] on Wednesday 4 May 
2022 at 12 noon to consider and, if thought appropriate, to pass the following 
resolutions, of which resolutions 1 to 11 will be proposed as ordinary resolutions 
and resolutions 12 to 15 will be proposed as special resolutions:

Ordinary resolutions
Report and Accounts
1.  To receive the audited annual accounts of the Company for the year ended 
31 December 2021 together with the Directors’ report and the auditors’ 
report on those annual accounts.

2.  To approve the Remuneration report, excluding the Remuneration Policy, 
set out on pages 36 to 38 of the Annual Report and Accounts 2021.

Directors
3.  To re-elect Mrs S A Fowler as a Director.

4.  To re-elect Mr A J Kitchingman as a Director.

5.  To re-elect Mr D G Robertson as a Director.

6.  To re-elect Dr A Steels as a Director.

7.  To re-elect Mr W C Wilkins as a Director.

8.  To elect Mr M G R Taylor as a Director.

Auditors
9.  To appoint Grant Thornton UK LLP as auditors of the Company to hold 

office from the conclusion of this Meeting until the conclusion of the next 
AGM at which accounts are laid before the Company.

10.  To authorise the Audit Committee to determine the remuneration of 

the auditors.

Directors’ authority to allot shares
11.  To generally and unconditionally authorise the Directors pursuant to and 
in accordance with Section 551 of the Companies Act 2006 (the Act), in 
substitution for all previous authorities to the extent unused, to exercise all 
the powers of the Company to allot shares in the Company and to grant 
rights to subscribe for or to convert any security into shares in 
the Company:

a)  up to an aggregate nominal amount of £1,680,793 (representing 

approximately one third of the total ordinary share capital in issue at 
1 March 2022, being the latest date prior to publication of this 
notice of meeting); and

b)  comprising equity securities (as defined in Section 560 (1) of the Act) 
up to a further aggregate nominal value of £1,680,793 in connection 
with an offer by way of a rights issue, such authorities to expire at the 
conclusion of the 2023 AGM or if earlier, at close of business on 
4 August 2023, save that the Company may before such expiry make 
an offer or agreement which would or might require shares to be 
allotted or rights to subscribe for or convert any security into shares 
to be granted after the authority ends.

For the purposes of this Resolution, ‘rights issue’ means an offer to:

a)  shareholders in proportion (as nearly as may be practicable) to their 

existing holdings; and

b)  holders of other equity securities if this is required by the rights of those 

securities or, if the Directors consider it necessary, as permitted by the 
rights of those securities;

to subscribe for further securities by means of the issue of a renounceable 
letter (or other negotiable document) which may be traded for a period 
before payment for the securities is due, but subject in both cases to such 
exclusions or other arrangements as the Directors consider necessary or 
appropriate in relation to treasury shares, fractional entitlements, record 
dates or legal, regulatory or practical problems in, or under the laws of, 
any territory.

Special resolutions
Disapplication of pre-emption rights
12.  That if resolution 11 is passed, the Board be authorised to allot equity 
securities (as defined in the Companies Act 2006) for cash under the 
authority given by that resolution and/or to sell ordinary shares held by 
the Company as treasury shares for cash as if section 561 of the 
Companies Act 2006 did not apply to any such allotment or sale, such 
authority to be limited:

a)  to allotments for rights issues and other pre-emptive issues; and

b)  to the allotment of equity securities or sale of treasury shares 

(otherwise than under paragraph (a) above) up to a nominal amount of 
£252,144, such authority to expire at the conclusion of the 2023 AGM of 
the Company (or, if earlier, at close of business on 4 August 2023) but, in 
each case, prior to its expiry the Company may make offers, and enter 
into agreements, which would, or might, require equity securities to be 
allotted (and treasury shares to be sold) after the authority expires and 
the Board may allot equity securities (and sell treasury shares) under 
any such offer or agreement as if the authority had not expired.

Mpac Group plc 

Annual Report & Accounts 2021

107

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

46 Financial statements25 Corporate governance 
 
 
 
  Mpac Group plc

Annual Report & Accounts 2021

108

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

Notice of Annual General Meeting continued
Notice of Annual General Meeting continued

d)  the authority hereby conferred shall (unless previously renewed or 

revoked) expire at the end of the 2023 AGM, save that the Company 
may before such expiry make a contract or agreement to make a 
market purchase of its own ordinary shares which will or may be 
executed wholly or partly after the expiry of such authority and the 
Company may purchase such shares as if the authority conferred 
hereby had not expired.

Notice of general meetings
15.  That a general meeting of the Company, other than annual general 
meetings of the Company, may be called on not less than 14 clear 
days’ notice.

By order of the Board

PRISM COSEC LIMITED 
Company Secretary

Registered in England and Wales No. 
124855

16 March 2022

Registered office: 
Station Estate 
Station Road 
Tadcaster 
North Yorkshire 
LS24 9SG

13.  That if resolution 12 is passed, the Board be authorised in addition to any 
authority granted under resolution 11 to allot equity securities (as defined 
in the Companies Act 2006) for cash under the authority given by that 
resolution and/or to sell ordinary shares held by the Company as treasury 
shares for cash as if section 561 of the Companies Act 2006 did not apply 
to any such allotment or sale, such authority to be:

a)  limited to the allotment of equity securities or sale of treasury shares 

up to a nominal amount of £252,144; and

b)  used only for the purposes of financing (or refinancing, if the authority is 
to be used within six months after the original transaction) a transaction 
which the Board of the Company determines to be an acquisition or 
other capital investment of a kind contemplated by the Statement 
of Principles on Dis-applying Pre-Emption Rights most recently 
published by the Pre-Emption Group prior to the date of this notice, 
such authority to expire at the end of the 2023 AGM of the Company 
(or, if earlier, at close of business on 4 August 2023) save that, in each 
case, the Company may before such expiry make offers, and enter 
into agreements, which would, or might, require equity securities to be 
allotted (and treasury shares to be sold) after the authority expires and 
the Board may allot equity securities (and sell treasury shares) under 
any such offer or agreement as if the authority had not expired.

Authority to purchase of own shares
14. That the Company be generally and unconditionally authorised for the 

purpose of Section 701 of the Act to make market purchases (as defined in 
Section 693 of the Act) of ordinary shares of 25 pence each in the capital of 
the Company (‘ordinary shares’) provided that:

a)  the maximum number of ordinary shares hereby authorised to be 

purchased is 2,017,154;

b)  the minimum price (exclusive of expenses) which may be paid for 

such ordinary shares is 25 pence per share, being the nominal amount 
thereof;

c)  the maximum price (exclusive of expenses) which may be paid for such 
ordinary shares shall be an amount equal to the higher of: (i) 5% above 
the average of the middle market quotations for such shares taken from 
The London Stock Exchange Daily Official List for the five business days 
immediately preceding the day on which the purchase is made; and 
(ii) the price of the last independent trade of an ordinary share and the 
highest current independent bid for an ordinary share as derived from 
the London Stock Exchange Trading System (“SETS”); and

25 Corporate governance46 Financial statements 
 
Mpac Group plc 

Annual Report & Accounts 2021

109

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

Explanatory notes relating to the Resolutions
Resolutions 1 to 11 are ordinary resolutions; resolutions 12 to 15 are special 
resolutions. To be passed, ordinary resolutions require more than 50% of votes 
cast to be in favour of the resolution whilst special resolutions require at least 
75% of the votes cast to be in favour of the resolution.

Ordinary Resolutions
To receive the Annual Report and Accounts 2021
Resolution 1 is a standard resolution. The Companies Act 2006 requires 
the Directors to lay before the Company in a general meeting copies of the 
Company’s annual accounts, and the Directors’ report and auditor’s report 
on those accounts. The Annual Report and Accounts 2021, which includes 
this Notice of Annual General Meeting, will be available online at 
www.mpac-group.com.

Remuneration Report
Resolution 2 seeks shareholders’ approval for the Directors’ Remuneration 
report which is set out on pages 36 to 38 of the Annual Report and Accounts 
2021, for the year ended 31 December 2021. The vote is advisory only.

Election and re-election of Directors
In accordance with best practice in corporate governance, all Directors are 
standing for re-election. Resolutions 3 to 8 seek approval for the re-election of 
the Directors.

Biographical information for each of the existing Directors is provided on page 
28 of the Annual Report and Accounts 2021.

The Board has no hesitation in recommending the election or re-election of 
the Directors to shareholders. In making these recommendations, the Board 
confirms that it has given careful consideration to the Board’s balance of skills, 
knowledge and experience and is satisfied that each of the Directors putting 
themselves forward for election or re-election has sufficient time to discharge 
their duties effectively, taking into account their other commitments.

Auditors
The auditors of a company must be appointed or re-appointed at each general 
meeting at which the accounts are laid.

Resolution 9 seeks approval to appoint Grant Thornton UK LLP as the 
Company’s auditors until the conclusion of the next general meeting of the 
Company at which accounts are laid.

Resolution 10 seeks consent for the Audit Committee to determine the 
remuneration of the auditors.

Directors’ authority to allot shares
Resolution 11 seeks consent for shareholders to grant the Directors authority to 
allot shares or grant rights to subscribe for or convert securities into shares, up 
to a maximum aggregate nominal value of £3,361,586, which is approximately 
two-thirds of the nominal value of the issued ordinary share capital of the 
Company as at 1 March 2022, being the latest practicable date prior to the 
publication of this notice. 

£1,680,793 of this authority is reserved for a fully pre-emptive rights issue 
only which is the maximum permitted amount under best practice corporate 
governance guidelines. 

The authority will expire at the next Annual General Meeting of the Company or 
if earlier, at close of business on 4 August 2023. The Directors have no current 
intention of exercising such authority and will exercise this power only when 
they believe that such exercise is in the best interests of the shareholders.

Special resolutions
Disapplication of pre-emption rights
Resolutions 12 and 13 will be proposed as special resolutions, each requiring a 
majority of 75% of those voting to be in favour. If the Directors wish to allot new 
shares and other equity securities, or sell treasury shares, for cash (other than in 
connection with an employee share scheme), company law requires that these 
shares are offered first to shareholders in proportion to their existing holdings. 

Resolution 12 deals with the authority of the Directors to allot new shares 
or other equity securities pursuant to the authority given by resolution 11, or 
sell treasury shares, for cash without the shares or other equity securities 
first being offered to shareholders in proportion to their existing holdings. 
Such authority shall only be used in connection with a pre-emptive offer, 
or otherwise, up to an aggregate nominal amount of £252,144, being 
approximately 5% of the total issued ordinary share capital of the Company 
as at 1 March 2022.

The Pre-Emption Group Statement of Principles supports the annual 
disapplication of pre-emption rights in respect of allotments of shares and 
other equity securities (and sales of treasury shares for cash) representing 
no more than an additional 5% of issued ordinary share capital (exclusive 
of treasury shares), to be used only in connection with an acquisition or 
specified capital investment. The Pre-Emption Group’s Statement of Principles 
defines ‘specified capital investment’ as meaning one or more specific capital 
investment related uses for the proceeds of an issuance of equity securities, in 
respect of which sufficient information regarding the effect of the transaction 
on the Company, the assets that are the subject of the transaction and (where 
appropriate) the profits attributable to them is made available to shareholders 
to enable them to reach an assessment of the potential return.

Accordingly, and in line with the template resolutions published by the Pre-
Emption Group, resolution 13 seeks to authorise the Directors to allot new shares 
and other equity securities pursuant to the authority given by resolution 11, or 
sell treasury shares, for cash up to a further nominal amount of £252,144, being 
approximately 5% of the total issued ordinary share capital of the Company 
as at 1 March 2022, only in connection with an acquisition or specified capital 
investment which is announced contemporaneously with the allotment, or 
which has taken place in the preceding six-month period and is disclosed in the 
announcement of the issue. If the authority given in resolution 13 is used, the 
Company will publish details of the placing in its next Annual Report. If these 
resolutions are passed, the authorities will expire at the end of the 2023 AGM or 
at close of business on 4 August 2023, whichever is the earlier.

The Board considers the authorities in resolutions 12 and 13 to be appropriate 
in order to allow the Company flexibility to finance business opportunities or to 
conduct a rights issue or other pre-emptive offer without the need to comply 
with the strict requirements of the statutory pre-emption provisions. The Board 
does not intend to issue more than 7.5% of the issued share capital of the 
Company for cash on a non pre-emptive basis in any rolling three-year period 
(other than in connection with an acquisition or specified capital investment as 
described in the Pre-Emption Group’s Statement of Principles) without prior 
consultation with shareholders.

46 Financial statements25 Corporate governance 
 
 
  Mpac Group plc

Annual Report & Accounts 2021

110

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

Notice of Annual General Meeting continued
Notice of Annual General Meeting continued

Authority to purchase own shares
Resolution 14 seeks authority for the Company to make market purchases of 
its own ordinary shares up to a maximum number of 2,017,154 ordinary shares, 
representing approximately 10% of the issued ordinary share capital at 1 March 
2022. The authority requested would replace a similar authority granted last 
year and would expire at the end of the 2023 AGM, or if earlier, at close of 
business on 4 August 2023. 

In reaching a decision to purchase ordinary shares, the Directors will take 
account of the Company’s cash resources and capital and the general effect 
of such purchase on the Company’s business. The authority would only be 
exercised by the Directors if they considered it to be in the best interests of the 
shareholders generally and if the purchase could be expected to result in an 
increase in earnings per ordinary share.

Notice of general meetings 
Resolution 15 is an annual permission request for general meetings, other than 
the AGM, to be called on 14 clear days’ notice. There is no current intention to 
hold such a meeting but the Directors wish to retain the ability to call a meeting 
on shorter notice if the circumstances should require it. The Companies 
(Shareholders’ Rights) Regulations 2009 specify that approval must be sought 
from shareholders by special resolution at an annual or subsequent general 
meeting and the Company would need to make a means of electronic voting 
available to all shareholders for any general meeting called on less than 21 clear 
days’ notice. If passed, the resolution would remain valid until the end of the 
2023 AGM, at which it is intended that a similar resolution will be proposed.

Notes relating to the Notice
The following notes explain your general rights as a shareholder and your right 
to vote at this Meeting or to appoint someone else to vote on your behalf.

Entitlement to attend and vote
1.  To be entitled to vote at the Meeting (and for the purpose of the 

determination by the Company of the number of votes they may cast), 
shareholders must be registered in the Register of Members of the 
Company at close of trading on Monday 2 May 2022, or if the meeting 
is adjourned, close of business on the day which is two days’ prior to the 
adjourned meeting. In each case, changes to the Register of Members after 
the relevant deadline shall be disregarded in determining the rights of any 
person to attend and vote at the Meeting.

Appointment of proxies
2.  Shareholders are entitled to appoint another person as a proxy to exercise 

all or part of their rights to vote on their behalf at the Meeting. A shareholder 
may appoint more than one proxy in relation to the Meeting provided that 
each proxy is appointed to exercise the rights attached to a different ordinary 
share or ordinary shares held by that shareholder. A proxy need not be a 
shareholder of the Company. 

3.  In the case of joint holders, where more than one of the joint-holders purports 
to appoint a proxy, only the appointment submitted by the most senior holder 
will be accepted. Seniority is determined by the order in which the names of 
the joint holders appear in the Company’s Register of Members in respect of 
the joint holding (the first named being the most senior).

4.  A vote withheld is not a vote in law, which means that the vote will not be 

counted in the calculation of votes for or against the resolution. If no voting 
indication is given, your proxy will vote or abstain from voting at his or her 
discretion. Your proxy will vote (or abstain from voting) as he or she thinks 
fit in relation to any other matter which is put before the Meeting.

5. You can vote either:

  by logging on to www.signalshares.com and following the instructions;

  you may request a hard copy form of proxy directly from the registrars, 
Link Asset Services, on Tel: +44 (0)371 664 0391. Calls are charged at 
the standard geographic rate and will vary by provider. Calls outside 
the United Kingdom will be charged at the applicable international rate. 
Lines are open between 09:00 – 17:30, Monday to Friday, excluding 
public holidays in England and Wales. Alternatively, email Link at 
shareholderenquiries@linkgroup.co.uk;

  in the case of CREST members, by utilising the CREST electronic proxy 
appointment service in accordance with the procedures set out below;

  in order for a proxy appointment to be valid a form of proxy must be 
completed. In each case, the form of proxy must be received by Link 
Group at 10th Floor, Central Square, 29 Wellington Street, Leeds, LS1 4DL 
by 12 noon on Monday 2 May 2022.

6.  If you return more than one proxy appointment, either by paper or 

electronic communication, the appointment received last by the Registrar 
before the latest time for the receipt of proxies will take precedence. You 
are advised to read the terms and conditions of use carefully. Electronic 
communication facilities are open to all shareholders and those who use 
them will not be disadvantaged.

7.  CREST members who wish to appoint a proxy or proxies through the CREST 
electronic proxy appointment service may do so for the Meeting (and any 
adjournment of the Meeting) by using the procedures described in the 
CREST Manual (available from www.euroclear.com/site/public/EUI). CREST 
Personal Members or other CREST sponsored members, and those CREST 
members who have appointed a service provider(s), should refer to their 
CREST sponsor or voting service provider(s), who will be able to take the 
appropriate action on their behalf.

8.  In order for a proxy appointment or instruction made by means of CREST 
to be valid, the appropriate CREST message (a ‘CREST Proxy Instruction’) 
must be properly authenticated in accordance with Euroclear UK & Ireland 
Limited’s specifications and must contain the information required for 
such instructions, as described in the CREST Manual. The message must 
be transmitted so as to be received by the issuer’s agent (ID RA10) by the 
latest time for receipt of proxy appointments specified above. For this 
purpose, the time of receipt will be taken to mean the time (as determined 
by the timestamp applied to the message by the CREST application host) 
from which the issuer’s agent is able to retrieve the message by enquiry to 
CREST in the manner prescribed by CREST. After this time, any change of 
instructions to proxies appointed through CREST should be communicated 
to the appointee through other means.

25 Corporate governance46 Financial statements 
 
9.  CREST members and, where applicable, their CREST sponsors or voting 

service providers should note that Euroclear UK & Ireland Limited does not 
make available special procedures in CREST for any particular message. 
Normal system timings and limitations will, therefore, apply in relation 
to the input of CREST Proxy Instructions. It is the responsibility of the 
CREST member concerned to take (or, if the CREST member is a CREST 
personal member, or sponsored member, or has appointed a voting service 
provider(s), to procure that his CREST sponsor or voting service provider(s) 
take(s)) such action as shall be necessary to ensure that a message is 
transmitted by means of the CREST system by any particular time. In this 
connection, CREST members and, where applicable, their CREST sponsors 
or voting system providers are referred, in particular, to those sections of 
the CREST Manual concerning practical limitations of the CREST system 
and timings. The Company may treat as invalid a CREST Proxy Instruction 
in the circumstances set out in Regulation 35(5)(a) of the Uncertificated 
Securities Regulations 2001.

10.  If you are an institutional investor you may be able to appoint a proxy 

electronically via the Proxymity platform. For further information regarding 
Proxymity, please go to www.proxymity.io. Your proxy must be lodged by 12 
noon on Monday 2 May 2022 in order to be considered valid. Before you can 
appoint a proxy via this process you will need to have agreed to Proxymity’s 
associated terms and conditions. It is important that you read these 
carefully as you will be bound by them and they will govern the electronic 
appointment of your proxy.

Corporate representatives
11.  Any corporation which is a shareholder can appoint one or more corporate 

representatives who may exercise on its behalf all of its powers as a 
shareholder provided that no more than one corporate representative 
exercises powers in relation to the same shares. 

Issued shares and total voting rights 
12.  As 1 March 2022 (being the latest practicable business day prior to the 
publication of this Notice), the Company’s ordinary issued share capital 
consists of 20,171,540 ordinary shares, carrying one vote each. Therefore, 
the total voting rights in the Company as at 1 March 2022 are 20,171,540.

Questions
13.  We always welcome questions from our shareholders and we request that 
shareholders submit their questions to the Board before the AGM. We will 
ensure that answers to questions are placed on the Company’s website. 

You can submit questions up until 5pm on 3 May 2022 by emailing them to 
cosec@mpac-group.com.

Communication
14.  You may not use any electronic address (within the meaning of Section 
333(4) of the Companies Act 2006) provided in either this Notice or any 
related documents (including the form of proxy) to communicate with the 
Company for any purposes other than those expressly stated.

  Website giving information regarding the meeting

15.  A copy of this Notice, and other information required by Section 311A of 
the Companies Act 2006, can be found on the Company’s website at 
www.mpac-group.com.

Mpac Group plc 

Annual Report & Accounts 2021

111

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

46 Financial statements25 Corporate governance 
 
 
 
  Mpac Group plc

Annual Report & Accounts 2021

112

t
r
o
p
e
r
c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

i

2
0

Corporate information

Registered office
Station Estate 
Station Road 
Tadcaster 
North Yorkshire 
LS24 9SG

Tel: +44 (0)2476 421100 
Email: ho@mpac-group.com

Registered number 
124855

Secretary
Prism Cosec Limited

Auditors
Grant Thornton UK LLP 
The Colmore Building 
20 Colmore Circus 
Birmingham 
B4 6AT

Nominated Advisor & Broker
Shore Capital and Corporate Limited 
57 St James’s Street 
London 
SW1A 1LD 

Financial PR
Hudson Sandler LLP 
25 Charterhouse Square 
London 
EC1M 6AE 

Registrars
Link Group 
10th Floor, Central Square 
29 Wellington Street 
Leeds 
LS1 4DL

Share price
Available from: 
FT Cityline – tel: +44 (0)905 817 1690 
Certain national newspapers

Website
Further information is available at www.mpac-group.com

Timetable
Annual General Meeting 
4th May 2022

Payment dates for preference dividend 
30 June 2022 and 31 December 2022

Half-year announcement 
September 2022

25 Corporate governance46 Financial statements 
 
y
b
d
e
c
u
d
o
r
p
d
n
a
d
e
n
g
s
e
D

i

Printed sustainably in the UK  
by Pureprint, a CarbonNeutral® 
company with FSC® chain 
of custody and an ISO 14001- 
certified environmental 
management system recycling 
over 99% of all dry waste.

 
 
 
Mpac Group plc 
Station Estate 
Station Road 
Tadcaster 
North Yorkshire 
LS24 9SG

Tel: +44 (0)2476 421100 
Email: ho@mpac-group.com

mpac-group.com